scsbIbIHMkkE I M'iwlfn<irnllnnn[iiiiririnriTnT^*i
m WM Sag HiWIIfM
9R>i-?
8H
IgffOSafw
H
■ -, ...,(.«.l.l,f
•• BHHBHHH 888
r^ByiaBBml ran &&
£S TwffimMitiiirw/iTiihfcfi atffflBIBntBtffiBflfMiMgTffiirl
W&ffl SsB wSmm mm imi
■rt
v.
THE UNIVERSITY
OF ILLINOIS
LIBRARY
T^GS
\ *
m
t
i
Ttanrigril,nn
library
CPU
$xk
%
^
J^r.
&
The person charging this material is re-
sponsible for its return on or before the
Latest Date stamped below.
Theft, mutilation and underlining of books
are reasons for disciplinary action and may
result in dismissal from the University.
UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS LIBRARY AT URBANA-CHAMPAIGN
%
-^
14
>;,.,
ftB ?
1371
4 «*'
S
&
L161— O-1096
UBRARy
THE SUBTROPICAL GARDEN.
1
Works by the same Author.
ALPINE FLOWERS FOR ENGLISH GARDENS.
With 70 Illustrations.
THE WILD GARDEN, or our Groves and Shrubberies
made beautiful by the naturalisation of hardy exotic
plants. With Frontispiece.
MUSHROOM CULTURE : its Extension and Improve-
ment. With Illustrations.
Nearly Ready.
HARDY FLOWERS ; or, HERBACEOUS, BUL-
BOUS, AND ALPINE PLANTS. This will be the most
comprehensive and practically instructive book ever pub-
lished on these plants. With Frontispiece.
A CATALOGUE OF CULTIVATED HARDY PER-
ENNIALS, BULBS, ANNUALS, etc., including also all
British Plants. Prepared for the purpose of facilitating
exchanges, &c, and enumerating nearly 10,000 hardy
exotic and Britsh plants.
'■••:>,/■'' -
Frontispiece.
THE
Jo
SUBTROPICAL GARDEN;
on.
BEAUTY OF FORM IN THE
FLOWER GARDEN.
By W. ROBINSON, F.L.S,
AUTHOR OF ' ALPINE FLOWERS,' 'THE WILD GARDEN,' ' HARDY FLOWERS,' ETC.
WITH ILLUSTRATIONS.
LONDON:
JOHN MURRAY, ALBEMARLE STREET.
1871.
The right of Translation is reserved.
LONDON :
PRINTED BY WILLIAM CLOWES AND SONS, STAMFORD STREET
AND CHARING CROSS.
1\b
PREFACE
This book is written with a view to assist the newly-
awakened taste for something more than mere colour in
the flower-garden, by enumerating, describing, indicating
the best positions for, and giving the culture of, all our
materials for what is called " subtropical gardening."
This not very happy, not very descriptive name, is
adopted from its popularity only; fortunately for our
gardens numbers of subjects not from subtropical climes
may be employed with great advantage. Subtropical
gardening means the culture of plants with large and
graceful or remarkable foliage or habit, and the associa-
tion of them with the usually low-growing and brilliant
flowering-plants now so common in our gardens, and
which frequently eradicate every trace of beauty of form
therein, making the flower-garden a thing of large masses
of colour only.
The guiding aim in this book has been the selection of
really suitable subjects, and the rejection of many that
have been recommended and tried for this purpose.
This point is more important than at first sight would
335C58
vi Preface.
appear, for in most of the literature hitherto devoted to
the subject plants entirely unsuitable are named. Thus
we find such things as Alnus glandulosa aurea and Ulmus
campestris aurea (a form of the common elm) enumerated
among subtropical plants by one author. Manifestly
if these are admissible almost every species of plant is
equally so. These belong to a class of variegated hardy
subjects that have been in our gardens for ages, and have
nothing whatever to do with subtropical gardening. Two
other classes have also purposely been omitted : very
tender stove-plants, many of which have been tried in
vain in the Paris and London Parks, and such things
as Echeveria secunda, which though belonging to a type
frequently enumerated amonj, subtropical plants, are,
more properly, subjects of the bedding class. But if I have
excluded many that I know to be unsuitable, every type
of the vegetation of northern and temperate countries has
been searched for valuable kinds ; and as no tropical or
subtropical subject that is really effective has been
omitted, the result is the most complete selection that is
possible from the plants now in cultivation.
No pains have been spared to show by the aid of illus-
trations the beauty of form displayed by the various types
of plants herein enumerated. For some of the illustra-
tions I have to thank MM. Vilmorin and Andrieux, the
well-known Parisian firm \ for others, the proprietors of
the ' Field ; ' while the rest are from the graceful pencil of
Mr. Alfred Dawson, and engraved by Mr. Whymper and
Preface. vii
Mr. W. Hooper. I felt that engravings would be of more
than their usual value in this book, inasmuch as they place
the best attainable result before the reader's eye, thus en-
abling him to arrange his materials more efficiently. A
small portion of the matter of this book originally ap-
peared in my book on the gardens of Paris, in which it will
not again be printed. For the extensive list of the varie-
ties of Canna I am indebted to M. Chate's " Le Canna"
Most of the subjects have been described from personal
knowledge of them, both in London and Paris gardens.
W. R.
April i, 187 1.
CONTENTS.
>>6<c
PART I.
PAGE
INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS . I
PART II.
DESCRIPTION, ARRANGEMENT, CULTURE, ETC., OF
SUITABLE SPECIES, HARDY AND TENDER, ALPHA-
BETICALLY ARRANGED 43
PART III.
SELECTIONS OF PLANTS FOR VARIOUS PURPOSES . 221
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.
Separate plates to face tlie pages given.
Page
Frontispiece — Hardy and
tender Plants in the Sub-
tropical Garden.
Cannas in a London park 13
Anemone japonica alba ... 17
Group and single specimens
of plants isolated on the
grass 23
Portion of plan showing
Yuccas, etc 25
Formal arrangements in
London parks 26
Tree Ferns and other Stove
Plants 28
Ailantus and Cannas ... 30
Young Conifers, etc. ... 32
Gourds 34
Section of raised bed at
Battersea 40
Acanthus latifolius 47
Aralia canescens 5&
Aralia japonica 60
Aralia papyrifera 61
Asplenium Nidus-avis ... 7°
Bambusa aurea 72
Bambusa falcata 74
Berberis nepalensis 79
Blechnum brasiliense ... 80
Bocconia cordata 81
Buphthalmum speciosum 83
Caladium esculentum ... 84
Colocasia odorata 85
Canna 86
Carlina acaulis no
Caryota sobolifera in
Centaurea babylonica
Chamaedorea
Chamserops excelsa
Cycas
Tree Fern
Dimorphanthus mandschu-
ricus
Erianthus Ravenna?
Ferula communis
Ficus elastica
Gynerium argenteum
Gunnera scabra
Heracleum
Malva crispa
Melianthus major
Monstera deliciosa
Montagnaea heracleifolia
Morina longifolia
Mulgedium alpinum
Musa Ensete
Nicotiana Tabacum
Onopordum Acanthium . . .
Poa fertilis
Rheum Emodi
Rhus glabra laciniata
Seaforthia elegans
Solanum robustum
Solanum Warscewiczii ...
Uhdea bipinnatifida
Wigandia macrophylla ..
Yucca filamentosa
Yucca pendula ,
Yucca filamentosa varie
gata
Page
112
II4
Il6
I20
123
124
132
136
139
142
144
147
153
155
I56
157
I58
159
160
163
164
174
178
180
185
190
195
205
208
212
214
217
PART I,
INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL
CONSIDERATIONS.
SUBTROPICAL GARDENING.
>^c
INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL
CONSIDERATIONS.
The system of garden-decoration popularly known
as " Subtropical," and which simply means the
use in gardens of plants having large and hand-
some leaves, noble habit, or graceful port, has
taught us the value of grace and verdure amid
masses of low, brilliant, and unrelieved flowers,
and has reminded us how far we have diverged
from Nature's ways of displaying the beauty of
vegetation, our love for rude colour having led us
to ignore the exquisite and inexhaustible way in
which plants are naturally arranged. In a wild
state brilliant blossoms are usually relieved by
a setting of abundant green ; and even where
mountain and meadow plants of one kind pro-
duce a wide blaze of colour at one season, there
is intermingled a spray of pointed grass and other
leaves, which tone down the mass and quite
separate it from anything shown by what is called
B 2
Subtropical Gardening.
the " bedding system " in gardens. When we
come to examine the most charming examples of
our own indigenous or any other wild vegetation,
we find that their attraction mainly depends on
flower and fern, trailer, shrub, and tree, shelter-
ing, supporting, relieving and beautifying each
other, so that the whole array has an indefinite
tone, and the mind is satisfied with the refreshing
mystery of the arrangement.
We may be pleased by the wide spread of purple
on a heath or mountain, but when we go near and
examine it in detail, we find that its most exquisite
aspect is seen in places where the long moss
cushions itself beside the ling, and the fronds of
the Polypody peer forth around little masses of
heather. Everywhere we see Nature judicious in
the arrangement of her highest effects, setting them
in clouds of verdant leafage, so that monotony is
rarely produced — a state of things which it is
highly desirable to attain as far as possible in the
garden.
We cannot attempt to reproduce this literally —
nor would it be wise or convenient to do so — but
assuredly herein will be found the chief source
of true beauty and interest in our gardens as well
as in those of Nature ; and the more we keep this
Introduction^ etc.
fact before our eyes, the nearer will be our
approach to truth and success.
Nature in puris naturalibus we cannot have in
our gardens, but Nature's laws should not be
violated ; and few human beings have contravened
them more than our flower-gardeners during the
past twenty years. We should compose from
Nature, as landscape artists do. We may have
in our gardens — and without making wildernesses
of them either — all the shade, the relief, the grace,
the beauty, and nearly all the irregularity of
Nature.
Subtropical gardening has shown us that one of
the greatest mistakes ever made in the flower-
garden was the adoption of a few varieties of
plants for culture on a vast scale, to the exclusion
of interest and variety, and, too often, of beauty
or taste. We have seen how well the pointed,
tapering leaves of the Cannas carry the eye up-
wards ; how refreshing it is to cool the eyes in the
deep green of those thoroughly tropical Castor-oil
plants, with their gigantic leaves ; how grand the
Wigandia, with its wrought - iron texture and
massive outline, looks, after we have surveyed
brilliant hues and richly - painted leaves ; how
greatly the sweeping palm-leaves beautify the
Subtropical Gardening.
British flower-garden ; and, in a word, the system
has shown us the difference between the gardening
that interests and delights all beholders, as well
as the mere horticulturist, and that which is too
often offensive to the eye of taste, and pernicious
to every true interest of what Bacon calls the
" purest of humane pleasures."
But are we to adopt this system in its purity ?
as shown, for example, by Mr. Gibson when super-
intendent of Battersea Park. Certainly not. It is
evident, that to accommodate it to private gardens
an expense and a revolution of appliances would
be necessary, which are in nearly all cases quite
impossible, and if possible, hardly desirable. We
can, however, introduce into our gardens most of
its better features ; wre can vary their contents,
and render them more interesting by a better
and nobler system. The use of all plants without
any particular and striking habit, or foliage, or
other desirable peculiarity, merely because they
are natives of very hot countries, should be
tabooed at once, as tending to make much work,
and to return — a lot of weeds ; for " weediness "
is all that I can ascribe to many Solanums and
stove plants, of no real merit, which have been
employed under this name. Selection of the most
Introduction, etc.
beautiful and useful from the great mass of plants
known to science is one of the most important of
the horticulturist's duties, and in no branch must
he exercise it more thoroughly than in this. Some
of the plants used are indispensable — the different
kinds of Ricinus, Cannas in great variety, Polymnia,
Colocasia, Uhdea, Wigandia, Ferdinanda, Palms,
Yuccas, Dracaenas, and fine-leaved plants of cori-
aceous texture generally. A few specimens of
these may be accommodated in many gardens ;
they will embellish the houses in winter, and,
transferred to the open garden in summer, will
lend interest to it when we are tired of the houses.
Some Palms, like Seaforthia, may be used with
the best effect for the winter decoration of the
conservatory, and be placed out with a good
result, and without danger, in summer. Many
fine kinds of Dracaenas, Yuccas, Agaves, etc., which
have been seen to some perfection at our shows of
late, are eminently adapted for standing out in
summer, and are in fact benefited by it. Among
the noblest ornaments of a good conservatory are
the Norfolk Island and other tender Araucarias ;
and these may be placed out for the summer,
much to their advantage, because the rains will
thoroughly clean and freshen them for winter
8 Subtropical Gardening.
storing. So with some Cycads and other plants
of distinct habit— the very things best fitted to
add to the attractions of the flower-garden. Thus
we may, in all but the smallest gardens, enjoy all
the benefits of what is called Subtropical Garden-
ing, without creating any special arrangements
for it.
But what of those who have no conservatory, no
hothouses, no means for preserving large tender
plants in winter ? They too may enjoy the beauty
which plants of fine form afford. A better effect
than any yet seen in an English garden from
tender plants may be obtained by planting hardy
ones only ! There is the Pampas grass, which
when well grown is unsurpassed by anything that
requires protection. There are the Yuccas, noble
and graceful in outline, and thoroughly hardy,
and which, if planted well, are not to be surpassed,
if equalled, by anything of like habit we can pre-
serve indoors. There are the Arundos, conspicua
and Donax, things that well repay for liberal
planting ; and there are fine hardy herbaceous
plants like Crambe cordifolia, Rheum Emodi,
Ferulas, and various graceful umbelliferous plants
that will furnish effects equal to any we can
produce by using the tenderest exotics. The
Introduction, etc.
Acanthuses too, when well grown, are very suitable
for this use. Then we have a hardy Palm, that
has preserved its health and greenness in sheltered
positions, where its leaves could not be torn to
shreds by storms, through all our recent hard
winters.
And when we have obtained these, and many
like subjects, we may associate them with not a
few things of much beauty among trees and
shrubs — with elegant tapering young pines, many
of which, like Cupressus nutkaensis and the true
Thuja gigantea, have branchlets as graceful as a
Selaginella ; not of necessity bringing the larger
thines into close or awkward association with the
humbler and dwarfer subjects, but sufficiently so
to carry the eye from the minute and pretty to
the higher and more dignified forms of vegetation.
By a judicious selection from the vast number
of hardy plants now obtainable in this country,
and by associating with them, where it is con-
venient, house plants that may be placed out for
the summer, we may arrange and enjoy charms
in the flower-garden to which we are as yet
strangers, simply because we have not sufficiently
selected from and utilized the vast amount of
vegetable beauty at our disposal.
io Stibtropical Gardening.
In dealing with the tenderer subjects, we must
choose such as will make a healthy growth in
sheltered places in the warmer parts of England
and Ireland at all events. There is some reason
to believe that not a few of the best will be found
to flourish much further north than is generally
supposed. In all parts the kinds with permanent
foliage, such as the New Zealand flax and the
hardier Dracaenas, will be found as effective as
around London and Paris ; and to such the northern
eardener should turn his attention as much as
possible. Even if it were possible to cultivate the
softer-growing kinds, like the Ferdinandas, to the
same perfection in all parts as in the south of
England, it would by no means be everywhere
desirable, and especially where expense is a con-
sideration, as these kinds are not capable of being
used indoors in winter. The many fine permanent-
leaved subjects that stand out in summer without
the least injury, and may be transferred to the
conservatory in autumn, there to produce as fine
an effect all through the cold months as they do
in the flower-garden in summer, are the best for
those with limited means.
But of infinitely greater importance are the
hardy plants ; for however few can indulge in the
Introduction, etc. 1 1
luxury of rich displays of tender plants, or however
rare the spots in which they may be ventured out
with confidence, all may enjoy those that are hardy,
and that too with infinitely less trouble than is
required by the tender ones. Those noble masses
of fine foliage displayed to us by tender plants have
done much towards correcting a false taste. What
I wish to impress upon the reader is, that in what-
ever part of these islands he may live, he need not
despair of producing sufficient similar effect to vary
his flower-garden or pleasure-ground beautifully by
the use of hardy plants alone ; and that the noble
lines of a well-grown Yucca recurva, or the finely
chiselled yet fern-like spray of a graceful young
conifer, will aid him as much in this direction as
anything that requires either tropical or subtropical
temperature.
Since writing the preceding remarks I have
visited America, and when on my way home
landed at Oueenstown with a view of seeing a
few places in the south of Ireland, and among
others Fota Island, the residence of Mr. Smith
Barry, where I found a capital illustration of
what may be easily effected with hardy plants
alone. Here an island is planted with a hardy
bamboo (Bambusa falcatci), which thrives so freely
1 2 Subtropical Gardening.
as to form great tufts from 16 ft. to 20 ft. high.
The result is that the scene reminds one of a
bit of the vegetation of the uplands of Java,
or that of the bamboo country in China. The
thermometer fell last December (1870) seventeen
degrees below freezing point, so that they suffered
somewhat, but their general effect was not much
marred. Accompanying these, and also on the
margins of the water, were huge masses of Pampas
grass yet in their beauty of bloom, and many
great tufts of the tropical-looking New Zealand
flax, with here and there a group of Yuccas. The
vegetation of the islands and of the margins of the
water was composed almost solely of these, and
the effect quite unlike anything usually seen in
the open air in this country. Nothing in such
arrangements as those at Battersea Park equals
it, because all the subjects were quite hardy, and
as much at home as if in their native wilds. Re-
member, in addition, that no trouble was required
after they were planted, and that the beauty of
the scene was very striking a few days before
Christmas, long after the ornaments of the ordinary
flower-garden had perished. The whole neigh-
bourhood of the island was quite tropical in aspect ;
and, as behind the silvery plumes of the Pampas
Introduction, etc. 13
grass and the slender wands of the bamboo the ex-
quisitely graceful heads of the Monterey and other
cypresses and various pines towered high in the
air, it was one of the most charming scenes I have
yet enjoyed in the pleasure-grounds of the British
Isles. And this, which was simply the result of
judiciously planting three or four kinds of hardy
plants, will serve to^ suggest how many other
beautiful aspects of vegetation we may create by
utilising the rich stores within our reach.
We will next speak of arrangement and sundry
other matters of some importance in connection
Clumsy mass of Cannas in a London park.
with this subject. The radical fault of the " Sub-
tropical Garden," as hitherto seen, is its lumpish
monotony and the almost total neglect of graceful
combinations. It is fully shown in the London
parks every year, so that many people will have
seen it for themselves. The subjects are not used
to contrast with or relieve others of less attractive
port and brilliant colour, but are generally set
down in large masses. Here you meet a troop of
14 Subtropical Gardening.
Cannas, numbering 500, in one long formal bed —
next you arrive at a circle of Aralias, or an oval
of Ficus, in which a couple of hundred plants are
so densely packed that their tops form a dead
level. Isolated from everything else as a rule
these masses fail to throw any natural grace into
the garden, but, on the other hand, go a long way
towards spoiling the character of the subjects of
which they are composed. For it is manifest that
you get a far superior effect from a group of such
a plant as the Gunnera, the Polymnia, or the
Castor-oil plant, properly associated with other
subjects of entirely diverse character, than you
can when the lines or masses of such as these
become so large and so estranged from their sur-
roundings that there is no relieving point within
reach of the eye. A single specimen or small
group of a fine Canna forms one of the most
graceful objects the eye can see. Plant, a rood of
it, and it soon becomes as attractive as so much
maize or wheat. No doubt an occasional mass of
Cannas, etc., might prove effective — in a distant
prospect especially — but the thing is repeated ad
nauseam.
The fact is, we do not want purely " Subtropical
gardens," or " Leaf gardens," or " Colour gardens,"
Introduction, etc. 15
but such gardens as, by happy combinations of the
materials at our disposal, shall go far to satisfy
those in whom true taste has been awakened —
and, indeed, all classes. For it is quite a mistake
to assume that because people, ignorant of the
inexhaustible stores of the vegetable kingdom,
admire the showy glares of colour now so often
seen in our gardens, they are incapable of enjoying
scenes displaying some traces of natural beauty
and variety.
The fine-leaved plants have not yet been asso-
ciated immediately with the flowers ; hence the
chief fault. Till they are so treated we can hardly
see the great use of such in ornamental gardening.
Why not take some of the handsomest plants of
the medium-sized kinds, place them in the centre
of a bed, and then surround them with the gaily-
flowering subjects ? The Castor-oil plants would
not do so well for this, because they are rampant
growers in fair seasons, but the Yuccas, Cannas,
Wigandias, and small neat Palms and Cycads would
suit exactly. Avoid huge, unmeaning masses, and
associate more intimately the fine-leaved plants
with the brilliant flowers. A quiet mass of green
might be desirable in some positions, but even that
could be varied most effectively as regards form.
1 6 Subtropical Gardening.
The combinations of this kind that may be made
are innumerable, and there is no reason why our
beds should not be as graceful as bouquets well
and simply made.
However, it is not only by making combinations
of the subtropical plants with the gay-flowering
ones now seen in our flower-gardens that a beau-
tiful effect may be obtained, but also with those
of a somewhat different type. Take, for instance,
the stately hollyhock, sometimes grown in such
formal plantations as to lose some of its charms,
and usually stiff and poor below the flowers. It is
easy to imagine how much better a group of these
would appear if seen surrounded by a graceful ring
of Cannas, or any other tall and vigorous subjects,
than they have ever yet appeared in our gardens.
Consider, again, the Lilies, from the superb, tall,
and double varieties of the brilliant Tiger lily to the
fair White lily or the popular L. auratum. Why,
a few isolated heads of Fortune's Tiger lily, rising
like candelabra above a group of Cannas, would
form one of the most brilliant pictures ever seen in
a garden. Then, to descend from a very tall to a
very dwarf lily, the large and white trumpet-like
flowers of L. longiflorum would look superb,
emerging from the outer margin of a mass of sub-
Introduction, etc.
*7
tropical plants, relieved by the rich green within ;
and anybody, with even a slight knowledge of the
lily family, may imagine many other combinations
equally beautiful and new. The bulbs would of
Anemone japonica alba. Type of fine-flowered herbaceous plant for associating
with foliage-plants.
course require planting in the autumn, and might
be left in their places for several years at a time,
whereas the subtropical plants might be those that
require planting every year ; but as the effect is
obtained by using comparatively few lilies, the
c
1 8 Subtropical Gardening.
spaces between them would be so large, as to leave
plenty of room to plant the others. However, it
is worth bearing in mind, that most of the Cannas,
by far the finest group of " Subtropical " plants for
the British Isles, remain through the winter in beds
in the open air protected by litter : hence, perma-
nent combinations of Lilies and Cannas are perfectly
practicable.
Then, again, we have those brilliant and graceful
hosts of Gladioli, that do not show their full beauty
in the florist's stand or in his formal bed, but when
they spring here and there, in an isolated manner,
from rich foliage, entirely unlike their own pointed
sword-like blades. Next may be named the flame-
flowered Tritoma, itself almost subtropical in
foliage when well grown. Any of the Tritomas
furnish a splendid effect grouped near or closely
associated with subtropical plants. The lavishly
blooming and tropical-looking Dahlia is a host in
itself, varying so much as it does from the most
gorg-eous to the most delicate hues, and differing
greatly too in the size of the flowers, from those of
the pretty fancy Dahlias to the largest exhibition
kinds. Combinations of Dahlias with Cannas and
other free- growing subtropical plants have a most
satisfactory effect ; and where beds or groups are
Introduction, etc. 19
formed of hardy subjects (Acanthuses and the
like), in quiet half-shady spots, some of the more
beautiful spotted and white varieties of our own
stately and graceful Foxglove would be charmingly
effective. In similar positions a great Mullein
( Verbascum ) here and there would also suit ; while
such bold herbaceous genera as Iris, Aster (the tall
perennial kinds), the perennial Lupin, Baptisias,
Thermopsis, Delphiniums, tall Veronicas, Aconites,^
tall Campanulas, Papaver bracteatum, Achillea
filipendula, Eupatoriums, tall Phloxes, Vernonias,
Leptandra, etc., might be used effectively in various
positions, associated with groups of hardy subjects.
For those put out in early summer, summer and
autumn- flowering things should be chosen.
The tall and graceful Sparaxis pulcherrima
would look exquisite leaning forth from masses of
rich foliage about a yard high ; the common and
the double perennial Sunflower {Helianthus multi-
florns, fl. pi) would serve in rougher parts, where
admired; in sheltered dells the large and hardy
varieties of Crinum capense would look very
tropical and beautiful if planted in rich moist
ground ; and the Fuchsia would afford very
efficient aid in mild districts, where it is little
injured in winter, and where, consequently, tall
c 2
2o Subtropical Gardening.
specimens flower throughout the summer months ;
and lastly, the many varied and magnificent
varieties of herbaceous Peony, raised during recent
years, would prove admirable as isolated specimens
on the grass near groups of fme-foliaged plants.
Then again we have the fine Japan Anemones,
white and rose, the showy and vigorous Rud-
beckias, the sweet and large annual Datura
ceratocaula, the profusely-flowering Statice lati-
folia, the Gaillardias, the Peas (everlasting and
otherwise), the ever-welcome African Lily {Callci),
the handsome Loosestrife (Ly thrum roseum su-
perbum), and the still handsomer French Willow,
and not a few other things which need not be
enumerated here, inasmuch as it is hoped enough
has been said to show our great and unused re-
sources for adding real grace and interest to our
gardens. This phase of the subject — the associa-
tion of tall or bold' flowers with foliage-plants —
is so important, that I have bestowed some pains
in selecting the many and various subjects useful
for it from almost every class of plants ; and
they will be found in a list at the end of the
alphabetical arrangement.
Many charming results may be obtained by
carpeting the ground beneath masses of tender
Introduction, etc. 21
subtropical plants with quick-growing ornamental
annuals and bedding plants, which will bloom
before the larger subjects have put forth their
strength and beauty of leaf. If all interested in
flower-gardening had an opportunity of seeing the
charming effects produced by judiciously inter-
mingling fine-leaved plants with brilliant flowers,
there would be an immediate revolution in our
flower-gardening, and verdant grace and beauty of
form would be introduced, and all the brilliancy of
colour that could be desired might be seen at the
same time. Here is a bed of Erythrinas not yet in
flower : but what affords that brilliant and singular
mass of colour beneath them ? Simply a mixture
of the lighter varieties of Lobelia speciosa with
variously coloured and brilliant Portulacas. The
beautiful surfacings that may thus be made with
annual, biennial, or ordinary bedding plants, from
Mignonette to Petunias and Nierembergias, are
almost innumerable.
Reflect for a moment how consistent is all this
with the best gardening and the purest taste.
The bare earth is covered quickly with these free-
growing dwarfs ; there is an immediate and a
charming contrast between the dwarf-flowering
and the flne-foliaged plants ; and should the last
22 Subtropical Gardening.
at any time put their heads too high for the more
valuable things above them, they can be cut in for a
second bloom. In the case of using foliage-plants
that are eventually to cover the bed completely,
annuals may be sown, and they in many cases will
pass out of bloom and maybe cleared away just
as the large leaves begin to cover the ground.
Where this is not the case, but the larger plants
are placed thin enough to always allow of the
lower ones being seen, two or even more kinds of
dwarf plants may be employed, so that the one
may succeed the other, and that there may be a
mingling of bloom. It may be thought that this
kind of mixture would interfere with what is called
the unity of effect that we attempt to attain in
our flower-gardens. This need not be so by any
means ; the system could be used effectively in the
most formal of gardens.
One of the most useful and natural ways of
diversifying a garden, and one that wre rarely or
never take advantage of, consists in placing really
distinct and handsome plants alone upon the grass,
to break the monotony of clump margins and of
everything else. To follow this plan is necessary
wherever great variety and the highest beauty are
desired in the ornamental garden. Plants may be
Introduction, etc. 23
placed singly or in open groups near the margins
of a bold clump of shrubs or in the open grass ;
and the system is applicable to all kinds of hardy
ornamental subjects, from trees downwards, though
in our case the want is for the fine-leaved plants
and the more distinct hardy subjects. Nothing,
for instance, can look better than a well-developed
tuft of the broad-leaved Acanthus latifolius, spring-
ing from the turf not far from the margin of a
pleasure-ground walk ; and the same is true of
the Yuccas, Tritomas, and other things of like
character and hardiness.
We may make attractive
groups of one family, as
the hardiest Yuccas ; or Hj£&jjj8
splendid groups of one spe- s^
Cies like the Pampas graSS Group and single specimens of
plants isolated on the grass.
— not by any means re-
peating the individual, for there are about twenty
varieties of this plant known on the Continent, and
from these half a dozen really distinct and charm-
ing kinds might be selected to form a group. The
same applies to the Tritomas, which we usually
manage to drill into straight lines ; in an isolated
group in a verdant glade they are seen for the first
time to best advantage : and what might not be
*; sfe* • "''. >3!ii§
24 Subtropical Gardening.
done with these and the like by making mixed
groups, or letting each plant stand distinct upon
the grass, perfectly isolated in its beauty !
Let us again try to illustrate the idea simply.
Take an important spot in a pleasure-ground — a
sweep of grass in face of a shrubbery — and see
what can be done with it by means of these isolated
plants. If, instead of leaving it in the bald state
in which it is often found, we place distinct things
isolated here and there upon the grass, the
margin of shrubbery will be quite softened, and a
new and charming feature added to the garden.
If one who knew many plants were arranging
them in this way, and had a large stock to select
from, he might produce numberless fine effects. In
the case of the smaller things, such as the Yucca
and variegated Arundo, groups of four or five good
plants should be used to form one mass, and
everything should be perfectly distinct and isolated,
so that a person could freely move about amongst
the plants without touching them. In addition to
such arrangements, two or three individuals of a
species might be placed here and there upon the
grass with the best effect. For example, there
is at present in our nurseries a great Japanese
Polygonum (P. Sieboldi), which has never as yet
Introduction^ etc.
25
been used with much effect in the garden. If
anybody will select some open grassy spot in a
pleasure-garden, or grassy glade near a wood —
some spot considered unworthy of attention as
regards ornamenting it — and plant a group of
three plants of this
Polygonum, leaving
fifteen feet or so be-
tween the stools, a
distinct aspect of ve-
getation will be the
result. The plant is
herbaceous, and will
spring up every year
to a height of from
six feet to eight feet if planted well ; it has a
graceful arching habit in the upper branches, and is
covered with a profusion of small bunches of pale
flowers in autumn. It is needless to multiply
examples ; the plan is capable of infinite variation,
and on that account alone should be welcome to all
true gardeners.
One kind of arrangement needs to be particularly
guarded against — the gcomctro-picturesque one,
seen in some parts of the London parks devoted to
subtropical gardening. The plants are very often
Portion of plan showing Yuccas, Pampas
grass, Tritomas, Retinospora, Acanthus
latifolius, Arundo Donax variegata, etc.,
irregularly isolated on the grass.
26
Subtropical Gardening.
of the finest kinds and in the most robust health,
all the materials for the best results are abundant,
and yet the scene fails to satisfy the eye, from the
needless formality of many of the beds, produced
by the heaping together of a great number of
species of one kind in long straight or twisting
masses with high raised edges frequently of hard-
beaten soil. Many people will not see their way
to obliterate the formality of the beds, but as-
suredly we need not do so to get rid of such
effective formality as that shown in the accom-
panying figure !
Formal arrangements in London parks.
The formality of the true geometrical garden
is charming to many to whom this style is offen-
sive ; and there is not the slightest reason why
the most beautiful combinations of fine-leaved
and fine-flowered plants should not be made in
any kind of geometrical garden.
But in the purely picturesque garden it is as
Introduction, etc. i\
needless, as it is in false taste, to follow the course
here pointed out. Hardy plants may be isolated
on the turf, and may be arranged in beautiful
irregular groups, with the turf also for a carpet,
or some graceful spray of hardy trailing plants.
Beds may be readily placed so that no such objec-
tionable sta<je-like results will be seen as those
shown in the preceding figure : tender plants
may be grouped as freely as may be desired —
a formal edge avoided by the turf being allowed
to play irregularly under and along the margins,
while the remaining bare ground beneath the tall
plants may be quickly covered with some fast-
growing annuals like Mignonette or Nolanas, some
soft-spreading bedding plants like Lobelias or
Petunias, or subjects still more peculiarly suited
for this purpose, such as the common Lycopodium
denticulatum and Tradescantia discolor. Choice
tender specimens of Tree ferns, etc., placed in dark
shady dells, may be plunged to the rims of the
pots in the turf or earth, and some graceful or
bold trailing herb placed round the cavity so as to
conceal it ; and in this way such results may be
attained as those indicated in the first plate, in
those showing the Dimorphanthus, Musa Ensete,
and in the frontispiece. The day will come when
28 Subtropical Gardening.
we shall be as anxious to avoid all formal twirlings
in our gardens as we now are to have them per-
petrated in them by landscape-gardeners of great
repute for applying wall-paper or fire-shovel pat-
terns to the surface of the reluctant earth, and
when we shall no more think of tolerating in a
garden such a scene as that shown in the pre-
ceding figure, than a landscape artist would tole-
rate it in a picture.
The old landscape-gardening dogma, which tells
us we cannot have all the wild beauty of nature in
our gardens, and may as well resigr ourselves to
the compass, and the level, and the defined daub
of colour and pudding-like heaps of shrubs, had
some faint force when our materials for gardening
were few,* but considering our present rich and, to
a great extent, unused stores from every clime, and
from almost every important section of the vege-
table kingdom, it is demonstrably false and foolish.
To these observations on arrangement, etc., one
good rule may be added : — Make your garden as
distinct as possible from those of your neighbours —
* "In gardening, the materials of the scene are few, and those
few unwieldy, and the artist must often content himself with the
reflection that he has given the best disposition in his power to the
scanty and intractable materials of nature." — Allison.
Shady and sheltered Dell, with Tree Ferns and other Stove Plants placed
out for the summer.
Introduction, etc. 29
which by no means necessitates a departure from
the rules of good taste.
I wish particularly to call attention to the fine
effects which may be secured, from the simplest
and most easily obtained materials, by using some
of our hardy trees and shrubs in the subtropical
garden. Our object generally is to secure large
and handsome types of leaves ; and for this pur-
pose we usually place in the open air young plants
of exotic trees, taking them in again in autumn ;
and, perhaps, as we never see them but in a
diminutive state, we often forget that, when
branched into a large head in their native countries,
they are not a whit more remarkable in foliage than
many of the trees of our pleasure-grounds. Thus,
if the well-known Paulownia imperialis were too
tender. to stand our winters, and if we were accus-
tomed to see it only in a young and simple-
stemmed condition and with large leaves, wc
should doubtless plant it out every summer as we
do the Ferdinanda. There is no occasion whatever
to resort to exotic subjects, while we can so easily
obtain fine hardy subjects — which, moreover, may
be grown by everybody and everywhere. By an-
nually cutting down young plants of various hardy
trees and shrubs, and letting them make a clean,
30 Subtropical Gardening.
. , —
simple-stemmed growth every year, we will, as a
rule, obtain finer effects than can be got from
tender ones. The Ailantus, for example, treated
in this way, gives us as fine a type of pinnate leaf
as can be desired. Nobody need place Astrapsea
Wallichii in the open air, as I have seen done, so
long as a simple-stemmed young plant of the
Paulownia makes such a column of magnificent
leaves. The delicately-cut leaves of the Gle-
ditschias, borne on strong young stems, would be
as pretty as those of any fern ; and so in the case
of various other hardy trees and shrubs. Persons
in the coldest and least favourable parts of the
country need not doubt of being able to obtain as
fine types of foliage as they can desire, by selecting
a dozen kinds of hardy trees and treating them in
this way. What may be done in this way, in one
case, is shown in the accompanying plate, repre-
senting a young plant of Ailantus, with its current
year's shoot and leaves, standing gracefully in the
midst of a bed of Cannas.
A few words may now be added about some
types of vegetation which, though not included
among what are commonly termed subtropical
.plants, may yet be judiciously used in combina-
tion with them, and go far to produce very charm-
ing effects.
AIL AN NNAS
Suggesting the effects to be obtained from young and vigorous specimens
of hardy fine-leaved trees.
Introduction^ etc, 31
Among conifers we find many subjects of the
most exquisite grace, and of a beautiful free and
pointed habit, which it is most desirable we should
have associated with vegetation more distinguished
for brilliancy than grace. They are in many cases
as elegantly chiselled and dissected as the finest
fern, and it is difficult to find more beautiful masses
of verdure than such plants as Retinospora plumosa
and R. obtusa display when well developed ; they
are simply invaluable for those who use them with
taste. Apart altogether from our want of a more
elegantly diversified surface in the flower-garden —
the best and most practical way to meet which is
by the use of such plants as these and neat and
elegant young specimens of such things as Thu-
jopsis borealis — there is, in many British gardens,
a great gulf between the larger tree and shrub
vegetation and the humbler colouring material,
which most will admit should be filled up, and
there is nothing more suitable for it than the many
graceful conifers we now possess. Much as conifers
are grown with us, how few people have any idea of
their great value as ornamental plants for the very
choicest position in a garden ! We arc sometimes
too apt to put them in what is called their " proper
place," — or, at all events, too far from the seat of
32 Subtropical Gardening.
interest to thoroughly enjoy them in winter, when
the beauty of their form and their exquisite verdure
are best seen. If the dwarfer and choicer conifers
were tastefully disposed in and immediately around
a flower-garden not altogether spoiled by a pro-
fusion of beds for masses of colour, that flower-
garden could hardly fail to look as well in winter
as in summer ; in fact I have seen places where,
from rather close association of the more elegant
types, the best kind of winter garden was made.
Our efforts must tend to prevent a desert-like
aspect at any time of the year ; and to this end
nothing can help us more than a judicious selection
of conifers. Almost every beauty of form is theirs.
They possess a permanent dignity and interest,
always occupying the ground and embellishing it,
displaying distinct tints of ever-grateful green
in spring and summer, waving majestically before
the gusts of autumn, and beautiful when bearing
on their deepest green the snows of winter. Some
of the more suitable kinds are named in a list at
the end of this book, but the graceful pines are so
commonly grown that few will have any difficulty
in securing proper sorts.
The Gourd tribe is capable, if properly used, of
adding much remarkable beauty and character to
te
Voting Conifers and hardy fine-leaved Plants.
Introduction, etc. 33
the garden ; yet, as a rule, it is seldom used.
There is no natural order more wonderful in the
variety and singular shapes of its fruit than that
to which the melon, cucumber, and vegetable
marrow belong. From the writhing Snake-cucum-
ber, which hangs down four or five feet long from
its stem, to the round enormous giant pumpkin
or gourd, the grotesque variation, both in colour
and shape and size, is marvellous. There are
some pretty little gourds which do not weigh
more than half an ounce when ripe ; while, on
the other hand, there are kinds with fruit almost
large enough to make a sponge bath. Eggs,
bottles, gooseberries, clubs, caskets, folded um-
brellas, balls, vases, urns, small balloons, — all have
their likenesses in the gourd family. Those who
have seen a good collection of them will be able
to understand Nathaniel Hawthorne's enthusiasm
about these quaint and graceful vegetable forms
when he says : " A hundred gourds in my gar-
den were worthy, in my eyes at least, of being
rendered indestructible in marble. If ever Provi-
dence (but I know it never will) should assign me
a superfluity of gold, part of it shall be expended
for a service of plate, or most delicate porcelain,
to be wrought into the shape of gourds gathered
D
Subtropical Gardening.
from vines which I will plant with my own hands.
As dishes for containing vegetables they would be
peculiarly appropriate. Gazing at them, I felt that
by my agency something worth living for had been
done. A new substance was born into the world.
They were real and tangible existences, which the
mind could seize hold of
and rejoice in." Of course
the climate of New Eng-
land is much better suited
for fully developing the
gourd tribe than ours, but
it is satisfactory to know
that they may be readily
and beautifully grown in
this country.
There are many posi-
tions in gardens in which
they might be grown with great advantage ; on
low trellises, depending from the edges of raised
beds, the smaller and medium-sized kinds trained
over arches or arched trellis-work, covering banks,
or on the ordinary level earth of the garden. Iso-
lated, too, some kinds would look very effective,
and in fact there is hardly any limit to the uses to
which they might be applied. In the Royal Botanic
Introduction, etc. $z>
Gardens at Dublin, there is a singular wigwam
made by placing a number of dead branches so as
to form the framework, and then planting Aristo-
lochia Sipho all round these. It runs over them,
and the large leaves make a perfect summer roof.
A similar tent might be made with the free-growing
gourds, and it would have the additional merit of
suspending some of the most singular, graceful, and
gigantic of all known fruits from the roof. A few
words on their culture, and a selection of kinds,
occur at the end of the book.
Although some Ferns are named in the descrip-
tive part of this book, it is desirable to allude to
the family here. Why do we always put ferns in
the shade, when many of the best and hardiest
kinds grow freely in the full sun if sufficiently
moist at the root ? Why do we always confine
them to the fernery proper, when there are so
many other places that could be graced by their
presence ? The very highest beauty of form might
be added to beds of low flowers, by the introduc-
tion of such ferns as the Struthioptcris, Pteris,
Lastrea, etc., while they should also be freely
planted in various parts of the pleasure-ground,
either alone, or grouped with the Acanthuses and
other hardy fine-leaved plants. Not a few of the
D 2
36 Sttltropical Gardening.
Umbelliferous plants recommended have foliage as
finely cut as any of the Ferns, and would associate
very well with them. Even in cases where the
soil might not be suitable for ferns, it would, instead
of confining them to the fernery proper, be much
better to arrange for having small groups or beds
of them in places alongside of shady wood-walks
or similar positions. By reference to the Osmunda
article, it will be seen how these have been grown
to magnificent proportions. It may be easily ima-
gined that groups of fine ferns, grown to the luxu-
riance there described, would contrast with and
relieve groups of the brilliant flowers in a superb
way.
As the culture of most of the subjects has been
sufficiently spoken of in the descriptive part, it is
needless to say much of it here, but a few general
remarks may help to make the matter clearer to
the amateur. It is hoped that the greater number
of the hardy subjects enumerated will sufficiently
prove that it is not only those persons who have
streets of glass-houses to whom the luxury of
"subtropical gardening" is accessible. Once placed
in suitable soil and position, these hardy kinds may,
as a rule, be left to take care of themselves.
A great number of subjects, like the Ricinus
Introduction, etc. $7
and the Annuals, may be considered practically
hardy, inasmuch as they only require to be raised
in warm or cool frames, or even (some of them) in
the open air. When once planted out for the
summer, they give but little further trouble.
In the next group may be placed the tender
greenhouse kinds ; long-lived subjects, like the
Dracaenas, American Aloe, etc., which thrive in
greenhouses or conservatories in winter, and are
great ornaments there, and which may be placed
in the open air in summer without the least injury.
Next to the hardy group, this is the most im-
portant, from the fact that the subjects are effective
at all seasons of the year, and useful indoors as
well as without. They also, unlike the following,
may be enjoyed by every one who possesses any
kind of a cool glazed structure ; and even, in some
cases, this is not needed, for I have seen some very
fine specimens of Agave americana kept in a large
entrance hall in winter, and put out of doors in
May to be taken in again in October.
Lastly, we have the least important group of all,
and happily also the most costly, viz., those plants
which must be kept through the winter and spring
in warm stoves, such as Ferdinanda, Solanum, etc.
Considering the vast number of hardy and half-
38 Subtropical Gardening.
hardy plants from which we may select, this type
is not worthy of encouragement in gardens gener-
ally, with the exception of a few fine things, such as
Polymnia grandis. They may, for the sake of con-
venience, be considered in two sections : those, like
the Polymnia, that should be put out in a young
state, and which make a fresh and handsome growth
during the summer months ; and those which, like
the Monstera and Anthurium acaule, make no
growth whatever during that season. It need not
be said that the first section is by far the most
important : it comprises the Wigandia, and some
of the noblest things used in this way. Plants of
the other section can, in the nature of things, be
tried in but few places in this country ; they are
too expensive, and they are not the most effective :
but some persons no doubt may take a pleasure in
showing what will endure the open air, even if use-
less for any other purpose. One general rule may
be applied to these last-named subjects — they
should be allowed to make a strong growth in the
hothouse in spring or early summer, and to mature,
and, so to speak, harden off that growth before
being placed in the open air early in June, or even
later if the season be unfavourable.
Speaking generally of all the tender subjects
Introduction, etc. 39
used, it is necessary to discriminate between kinds
that should be planted out in a young state every
year, and those which are valuable in propor-
tion to their age and size. Some plants are all
the better the higher and larger they are grown ;
others must be started in a dwarf fresh state every
year, or, if not, their foliage will not possess that
pristine freshness which charms us when they are
properly treated. A large plant of Polymnia
grandis, for example, would, if placed in the open
air in early summer, speedily become a far from
attractive object, while a young plant of the same
kind, put out on the same day, would soon produce
and carry to the end of the season a mass of fresh
and noble leaves. But of course this only applies
to kinds that grow rapidly during the summer
months in our climate.
With respect to the preparation of the beds for
the finer subtropical plants, a peculiar mode is
practised in Battersea Park. Here many of the
beds are raised above the level of the ground, and
underneath and around the mass of light rich soil
is a good layer of brick-rubbish, as shown in the
accompanying engraving. The soil is first ex-
cavated and thrown round the margin of the bed ;
then the brick-rubbish is put in on the bottom and
40
Subtropical Gardening.
around the sides also, raising the bed somewhat
above the level of the ground ; the cavity in the
centre is then filled up, generally with fine light
rich soil, using as much of the soil that was dug
out as is fit to be used, and arranging the remainder
round the edge of the raised bed, covering it neatly
with turf. The soil may vary in depth from three
•» w ^
Section of raised bed at Battersea, with brick-rubbish beneath and around the soil.
feet to eighteen inches, according to the kinds of
plants to be grown in it. In this way, by present-
ing a larger surface to the sun, it is considered that
a greater amount of heat is obtained ; but I cer-
tainly think the advantages of the method are not
so great in this way as is generally supposed, and
that it is quite needless to adopt it in the case of
the great majority of subjects. Its chief merit
probably is that it secures a better drainage.
Good drainage is undoubtedly indispensable, and,
Introduction, etc. 41
still more so, a thoroughly rich and light mass of
deep soil, with abundance of water ; without these
two last conditions it is hopeless to expect a free
rich growth, which is the great charm of these
plants. Ricinus, Carinas, Ferdinanda, and some
of the freer-growing kinds certainly succeed per-
fectly without any such arrangement as that above
described. The more delicate kinds, such as the
Solanums and Wigandia macrophylla, would be
those most likely to be benefited by it. It is
needless to say, that the numerous fine and hardy
subjects enumerated in Part II. do not require
anything of the kind, although they too will, as a
rule, be fine in proportion to the care bestowed in
securing for them a deep and rich body of soil.
One most essential matter is the securing of as
perfect shelter as is possible. Warm, sunny, and
thoroughly sheltered dells should be chosen where
convenient ; and, in any case, positions which are
sheltered should be selected, as the leaves of all
the better kinds suffer very much from strong
winds, from which they will be protected if judi-
ciously planted near sheltering banks and trees.
Even in quite level districts it will be possible to
secure shelter, by planting trees of various kinds,
among which such graceful conifers as Thujopsis
42 Subtropical Gardening.
borealis, Thuja gigantea (true), Cupressus macro
carpa, Cryptomeria elegans, etc., should be freely
used in the foreground, as in beauty of form they
are unsurpassed by any short-lived inhabitants of
the summer garden. Except, however, in the case
of the Tree-ferns, and various other things not
grown in the open air but simply placed there for
the summer, it is very desirable not to place the
plants in the shade of trees. All the things which
have to grow in the open air should be placed in
the full sun. Not a few hardy subjects will thrive
very well without any but ordinary shelter, as, for
example, the Yuccas and Acanthuses ; but, judging
by the remarkable way in which the hardy Bamboo
thrives when placed in a sheltered dell, shelter has
a considerable influence on the well-being even of
these, as it must have on all subjects with large
leaf-surfaces. But it should not be forgotten that
shelter may be well secured without placing the
beds or groups so near trees that they will be
robbed, shaded, or otherwise injured by them.
W. R.
March I, 1871.
PART II
DESCRIPTION, ARRANGEMENT, CULTURE, ETC.,
OF SUITABLE SPECIES, HARDY AND TENDER,
ALPHABETICALLY ARRANGED.
SUBTROPICAL GARDENING.
PART II.
— —Kti^etr-S'—
* Acacia Julibrissin. — A native of Persia, with large
and elegant much-divided leaves, and flowers somewhat
like short tinted brushes from the numerous purple sta-
mens. Though this does not succeed as a standard tree
in all parts of England (where it grows well against walls,
and sometimes flowers), yet doubtless it would do so in
some parts of the south, and I have seen it make present-
able standards about Geneva and in Anjou. But for our
purposes it is tetter that it should not be perfectly
hardy, as by confining it to a single young stem and
using young plants, or plants that have been cut down
every year, we shall get an erect stem covered with
leaves more graceful than a fern, and that is the kind
of ornament we want as a graceful object amidst low-
growing flowers. The leaves, like those of some other
plants of the pea tribe, are slightly sensitive. On fine
sunny days they spread out fully and afford a pleasant
shade ; on dull ones the leaflets fall down. This inte-
resting phenomenon takes place with other members of
the same family — for instance, the elegant A. dcalbata of
* The names of all hardy species and ether kinds easily raised from
seed in spring (the kinds useful in all classes of garden), are preceded
by an asterisk.
46 Subtropical Gardening.
our conservatories. Seed of A. Julibrissin — or the silk-
rose, as it is called by the Persians in consequence of its
silky stamens — is readily obtained, and it is much better
raised from seed, as then you get those single-stemmed
and vigorous young plants which are to the flower-
garden what an elegant fern is to the conservatory or
show-house. To succeed with it in the way above named,
it may be protected at the root and cut down every year
in spring, or strong young plants may be put out annually,
in much the same way as those of A. lophantha.
Acacia lophantha. — This elegant plant, though not
hardy, is one of those which all may enjoy, from the
freedom with which it grows in the open air in summer.
It will prove more useful for the flower-garden than it
has ever been for the houses, and, being easily raised,
is entitled to a place here among the very best. The
elegance of its leaves and its quick growth in the open
air make it quite a boon to the flower-gardener who
wishes to establish graceful verdure amongst the brighter
ornaments of his parterre. It has graceful fern-like
leaves and a close and erect habit, which permits us to
closely associate it with flowering plants without in the
least shading them or robbing them. Of course I
speak of it in the young and single- stemmed condition,
the way in which it should be used. By confining it to
a single stem and using it in a young state, you get
the fullest size and grace of which the leaves are capable.
Allow it to become old and branched, and it may be
useful, but by no means so much so as when young and
without side branches. It may be raised from seed as
easily as a common bedding plant. By sowing it early
ACANTHUS LATIFOLIUS {lusitanicus).
Ornamental foliaged herbaceous Section ; retaining its leaves till very
late in the year.
Acanthus. 47
in the year it may be had fit for use by the first of
June ; but plants a year old or so, stiff, strong, and well
hardened oft" for planting out at the end of May, are
the best. It would be desirable to raise an annual
stock, as it is almost as useful for room-decoration as
for the garden. Native of New Holland.
ACANTHUS.
These stout and hardy herbaceous plants are of the
greatest importance in the subtropical garden or the
pleasure-ground, their effect being very good when they
are well established. They thrive in almost any soil,
but attain their greatest luxuriance and beauty in deep
warm ones. The best uses for these species are as iso-
lated tufts in the grass, in the mixed border, or in
picturesque groups with other hardy subjects. In all
cases they should be placed in positions where they are
not likely to be disturbed, as their beauty is not seen
until they are well established. All are easily propa-
gated by division. Few herbaceous genera may be made
more useful than this.
*Acanthus hirsutus. — This uncommon species has
a narrow spiny leaf, more in the way of Morina iongi-
folia than the ordinary Acanthuses, and is dark green in
hue. The leaves grow to a length of about 15 ins. or
16 ins. in ordinary soil. Being distinct, it may be worth
growing, though in point of character or importance it
is inferior to the larger kinds. South of Europe.
*Acanthus latifolius. — The leaves of this are bold
and noble in outline, and the plant has a tendency, rare
48 Subtropical Gardening.
in some hardy things with otherwise fine qualities, to
retain them till the end of the season without losing a
particle of their freshness and polished verdure. In fact,
the only thing we have to decide about this subject is,
what is the best place for it ? Now, it is one of those
things that will not disgrace any position, and will prove
equally at home in the centre of the mixed border, pro-
jected in the grass a little from the edge of a choice
shrubbery, or in the flower-garden ; nobody need fear its
displaying anything like the seediness which such things
as the Heracleums show at the end of summer. I should
not like to advise its being planted in the centre of a
flower-bed, or in any other position where it would be
disturbed ; but in case it were determined to plant per-
manent groups of fine-leaved hardy plants, then indeed
it could be used with great success. Supposing we have
an irregular kind of flower-garden or pleasure-ground to
deal with (a common case), one of the best things to do
with this Acanthus is to plant it in the grass, at some
distance from the clumps, and perhaps near a few other
things of like character. It is better than any kind of
Acanthus hitherto commonly cultivated, though one or
two of these are fine. Give it deep good soil, and do
not grudge it this attention, because, unlike tender plants,
it will not trouble you again for a long time. Nobody
seems to know from whence it came. Probably it is a
variety of Acanthus mollis. The plant varies a good
deal; I have seen specimens of it about a foot high,
with leaves comparatively small and stiff and rigid, as if
cast in a mould, by the side of others of thrice that
development, and of the usual texture.
Acanthus. 49
* Acanthus longifolius. — A fine, distinct, and new
species from Dalmatia and S. Europe, 3^ ft. to 4 ft. high,
distinguished from A. mollis (to which it is allied) by the
length and narrowness of its arching leaves. They are
about 2\ ft. long, very numerous, of a bright green colour,
growing at first erect, then inclining and forming a sheaf-
like tuft, which has a very fine effect. The flowers are
of a wine-red colour, becoming lighter before they fall.
A specimen in the gardens of the Museum at Paris, in
four years after planting, had twenty-five blooming-stems
rising from the midst of a round mass of verdure nearly
2^ ft. in height and width. This would be very effective
on the undulating and picturesque parts of landscape-
gardens. It does not run so much at the root as
A. mollis. It seeds more freely than the other kinds,
and may be readily increased by seeds as well as by
division. Its free-flowering quality makes this species
peculiarly valuable, while it is as good as any for isolation
or grouping.
* Acanthus mollis. — A well-known old border-plant
from the south of Europe, about 3 ft. high, with leaves
nearly 2 ft. long by 1 ft. broad, heart-shaped in outline,
and cut into angular toothed lobes. The flowers are
white or lilac, the inflorescence forming a remarkable-
looking spike, half the length of the stem. Well adapted
for borders, isolation, margins of shrubberies, and semi-
wild places, in deep ordinary soil, the richer the better.
Increased by division of the roots in winter or early
spring.
*Acanthus spinosissimus. — This is in all respects
among the finest of thoroughly hardy " foliage-plants,"
E
50 Subtropical Gardening.
growing to a height of 3^ ft., and bearing rosy-flesh-
coloured flowers in spikes of a foot or more in length. It
is perfectly hardy, very free in growth, and is quite distinct
from any of the other species, forming roundish masses
of dark -green leaves, with rather a profusion of glistening
spines, by which it is known immediately from its rela-
tives. As a permanent object, fit to plant in a nook
in the pleasure-ground or on the grass, associated with
the nobler grasses or other plants, there is nothing to
surpass it. I know of no hardy foliage-plant so tho-
roughly neat in its habit at all times. It does not often
flower ; and if it should throw up a spike, it will perhaps
be no loss to cut it off, as its leaves are its best ornament,
though the flowers too are interesting. Never at any
time does it require the least attention; it will stand
any exposure ; and is, in a word, invaluable as a hardy
ornamental plant. It will thrive best in good and deep
soil. South of Europe.
*Acanthus spinosus. — This species appears to flower
well more regularly than any other. Its leaves are rather
narrow, and very deeply divided into almost triangular
segments : they are also covered with short spines. The
flowering-stems are about 3 ft. high, and bear dense
spikes of purplish flowers. Useful for borders, or group-
ing with the other kinds and plants of similar character
and size. South of Europe.
*Adiantum pedatum. — This fern, which abounds in
the woods of Canada and the United States, is unques-
tionably one of the most elegant of those which are able
to endure the climate of Britain, and grows from 16 ins. to
20 ins. high. From the tops of the erect black stems
Agave. 5 1
the fronds branch and spread horizontally in a very
graceful and peculiar manner. The leaflets are slightly
wedge-shaped, the upper margin resembling an arc of a
circle. The American Maiden-hair flourishes in a light
cool soil, and in a half-shaded position, or in a coarsely-
broken, shallow, turfy peat soil, covered with a layer
of moss to keep it constantly cool. It is commonly
grown in the greenhouse with us, but is especially
adapted for embellishing the low and shady parts of
rockwork, and for ornamenting beds and mounds of
peaty soil which have a north aspect or are sheltered
from the full sun. It is propagated by division of the
tufts in autumn or early spring. If done in autumn, the
divisions should be potted and placed under a frame for
the winter, as they form new roots more readily if so
treated. There can be no question that, if planted in
rich moist soil in a shady wood, we should have no
trouble in naturalising this graceful fern, the fronds of
which are such graceful objects in the dense woods
of the " great country."
Agave americana. — This and its variegated varieties
are plants peculiarly suited for subtropical gardening,
being useful for placing out of doors in summer in vases,
tubs, or pots plunged in the ground, and also for the
conservatory in winter. It forms a large rosette of thick
fleshy leaves of a glaucous ashy-green colour, overlap-
ping each other at the base, from 4 ft. to 6£ ft. long,
and from 6 ins. to 10 ins. broad, ending in a strong
spine, and having numerous spines along the margin.
When the plant flowers, which it does only once, and
after several years' growth, it sends up a flowering-stem
e 2
Subtropical Gardening.
from 26 ft. to nearly 40 ft. high. The flowers are of
a yellowish-green colour, and are very numerous on the
ends of the chandelier-like branches. It will grow in
any moderately dry greenhouse or conservatory in winter,
or even in a large hall, and may be placed out of doors
at the end of May and brought in in October. All the
varieties are easily increased from suckers. N. America.
*Agrostis nebulosa. — This beautiful annual grass
forms most delicate feathery tufts about 1 ft. or 15 ins. in
height, terminated when in flower by graceful panicles of
spikelets, which are at first of a reddish-green colour, and
afterwards change to a light red in the upper part, the
remaining two-thirds being of a deep green : the pedicels
are extremely slender and of a violet colour. It forms
very handsome edgings, and is very valuable for bou-
quets, vases, baskets, room and table decoration, etc. If
cut shortly before the seed ripens, and dried in the
shade, it will keep for a long time. Dyed in various
colours it is much used by makers of artificial flowers.
It may be sown eithg: in September or in April or
May. In the former case it will flower from May to
July, in the latter from July to September. The seed,
being very fine, should be only slightly covered. Though
small, this deserves a place in groups of the finer and
dwarfer plants, such as Thalictrum minus, and also in
herbaceous borders. Spain.
*Ailantus glandulosa. — Much trouble and expense
are incurred in the purchase, growth, and protection of
tender plants with fine compound leaves like this, but
which in our climate never display anything like the
fresh vigour, health, spotless appearance, and youthful
A ilantus — A ira. 5 3
grace characteristic ■ of hardy subjects. This is one of
the most valuable of the hardy trees which, if kept in a
dwarf state by being planted young and cut down
annually, will furnish as good an effect as any tropical
plant. The Ailantus should be kept in a young state,
with a single stem clothed with its superb pinnate leaves ;
and we can readily keep it in this form by planting it
young and cutting it down annually, taking care to
prevent it from breaking into an irregular head, as then
the symmetry of the leaf beauty becomes confused and
is not at all so effective as when it is kept to a single
stem. Vigorous young plants and suckers in good soil
will produce handsome, arching, elegantly divided leaves
5 ft. and even 6 ft. long, not to be surpassed by those
of any stove-plant. Under such treatment it could
be grown conveniently to about from 4 ft. to 7 ft. high,
and would thus do grandly for association with the
larger class of garden flowers — Gladioli, Dahlias, and
Hollyhocks, for example — while among Cannas and the
like it will prove fine. The leaves are not liable to be
attacked by insects — a good point in a plant used for
the purpose I suggest — and they retain their healthy
green till the first frosts in November, when they sud-
denly drop off. It is propagated with facility by cuttings
of the roots, but is cheap in all nurseries. China and
Japan.
*Aira pulchella. — One of the most ornamental grasses,
with numerous hair-like stems, growing in light elegant
tufts 6 ins. to 8 ins. high. It is useful for forming very
handsome edgings, or for interspersing amongst plants in
borders, or growing in vases or pots for room-decoration.
54 Subtropical Gardening.
Its delicate panicles give an additional charm to the
finest bouquets. May be sown either in September or in
April. S. Europe.
*Alisma Plantago. — A native perennial water-plant,
growing nearly 3 ft. high, and bearing a very handsome
pyramidal panicle of rosy-white flowers from June to
September. The leaves are oval-lance-shaped with a
cordate base, and are borne nearly erect on long stalks
for some distance above the surface of the water. A
graceful object on the margins of ponds, lakes, etc., where
a plant of it transferred from any place where it grows
will soon increase.
Alsophila excelsa. — A noble tree-fern, native of
Norfolk Island, where it attains a height of 40 ft.,
crowned with a magnificent circular crest of bipinnate
fronds. These fronds or branches fall off every year,
leaving an indentation in the trunk. It stands well in
the open air in this country in shady, moist, and
thoroughly well sheltered places. It should be put out at
the end of May, and taken indoors at the end of Sep-
tember or early in October, and receive warm-greenhouse
or temperate-house treatment in winter. The same re-
marks apply to A. ausfra/is, and probably others of the
family will be found to thrive well in the open air when
sufficiently plentiful to be tried in that position.
*THE AMARANTUSES.
Among the common annuals of our gardens I know of
none more in want of judicious use and appreciation than
these. The few we grow are usually treated as rough
Amarantus. $$
common annuals, and sown so thickly that they never
attain half their true development, or never fulfil any
of the graceful uses for which they are adapted. But
the family possesses greater claims on our attention by
reason of the more recent additions to it. The old
"Love lies bleeding" (A. caudatus), with its dark-red
pendent racemes, is a very striking object when well
grown, but A. spcciosus and some of the more recent
varieties are still more so.
*Amarantus caudatus. — A hardy and vigorous-grow-
ing species, from 2 ft. to 31 ft. high. Flowers from July
to September, dark purplish, very small, collected in
numerous whorls, which are disposed in drooping spikes
so as to form a handsome pendent panicle. There is a
variety which has yellow flowers and is equally hardy.
It is advisable to give this plant plenty of room to
spread ; otherwise much of its picturesque effect will be
lost ; and to use it in positions where its fine and peculiar
habit may be seen to advantage, — as, for example, in
large vases, edges of large beds of subtropical plants, or
dotted among low-growing flowering plants. Although
as easily raised as any common annual, it deserves to
be properly thinned out, and each plant isolated in rich
ground, so that it may attain its full size. E. Indies.
*Amarantus sanguineus. — Is distinguished by the
blood-red colour of its leaves, and grows about 3 ft. high.
Its purple flowers appear from July to October, dis-
posed partly in small heads in the axils of the upper
leaves, and partly in slender, flexible spikes which form
a panicle more or less branching. This plant, though a
native of the East Indies, is quite hardy, and seems to
$6 Subfropical Gardening.
do best in light soil with plenty of leaf-mould and having
a warm aspect. It may be sown in hotbeds in April
and pricked out in May, or in the open air at the end of
April or beginning of May, and, like the others, should
never be allowed to get crowded.
*Amarantiis speciosus. — A very large kind, well
adapted for associating with subtropical plants, as it
grows from 3 ft. to nearly 5 ft. high. The flowers are
very numerous, of a dark crimson purple, and arranged
in large erect spikes, forming a fine plumy panicle. The
leaves are suffused with a reddish tinge. Plants of this
species are occasionally met with having leaves with a
light green centre surrounded by wavy zones of a reddish
hue. This colouring disappears at the time of flowering.
It is an effective subject in the autumn months. Culture,
the same as for the preceding kind. Nepaul.
*Amarantus tricolor. — Distinguished by the very
handsome and remarkable colouring of its leaves, which
are of a fine transparent purplish-red, or dark carmine,
from the base to the middle. A large spot of lively
transparent yellow occupies the greater part of the upper
end of the leaf, and sometimes covers it altogether, with
the exception of the point, which is mostly green. The
leaf-stalk is either of a light green or yellow colour.
Sometimes leaves occur which have the lower half green
and the upper part red. Another variety (picolor) has
leaves of a tender green variously streaked with light
yellow. It is rather delicate, and requires very good soil,
and a warm, open aspect. Another variety {bicolor ruber)
is hardier than the last-named, and has leaves which are
of a brilliant glistening scarlet when young, gradually
A ndropogon . 5 7
changing to a dark violet-red mixed with green. Another
variety {ruber) has a more squat and ramified habit, and
leaves of a deep rose-colour thickly clothing the stems.
Other varieties recommended are elegantissimus (with
scarlet leaves), Gordoni, tnelancholicus ruber, and versicolor,
all having some claims as bedding plants. The foliage
of these varieties is exceedingly ornamental, and rivals
the finest flowers in the richness of its hues. Planted
along with large-leaved subjects, such as the Cannas,
Wigandias, Ricinus, Solanums, etc., the effect is very fine.
They may also be advantageously employed in borders
and flower-beds of all sizes, and for fringing the edges of
shrubberies. The varieties of A. tricolor are a little more
tender than the other kinds, and a light soil and a warmer
position are necessary for them. They do well in gar-
dens by the seaside. They should be sown in April in a
hotbed, pricked out in a hotbed, and finally planted
permanently about the end of May. A. t. giganteus is
described as very fine in recent catalogues of the nursery-
men. To these may be added a beautiful new kind, A.
salicifolius, in the possession of the Messrs. Veitch, but
not yet sent out. It has highly coloured and very long,
narrow, and arching leaves, and is a singularly graceful
and brilliant object. E. Indies.
*Andropogori squarrosus is a hardy East Indian
grass, which survives the winter with but slight protection,
making luxuriant tufts seven feet high, or more, when in
flower. It would probably make a beautiful object in the
warmer and milder parts of England and Ireland in
good soil, but it is not a subject which can with confi-
dence be recommended for every garden. However, all
58 Subtropical Gardening.
who value fine grasses should try it. Well-drained and
deep-sandy loam.
♦ARALIAS.
This genus embraces many plants of very diverse aspects,
and few that are fitted for the open air in our climate ;
but in the case of A. canescens, and its relative (A. spi-
nosa), the Angelica-tree of North America, we have
subjects which thrive perfectly well in our gardens, and
which in the size and beauty of their leaves are far before
many " foliage-plants " carefully cultivated in hothouses
at a perpetual expense.
*Aralia canescens. — The specimen of this species
figured was one of a batch of young plants growing in a
London nursery, and sketched in the summer of 1868.
The engraving falls far short of rendering the beauty of
the plant. It is easy to imagine what a graceful effect may
be realised by such an object, either isolated on the turf
near the edge of a shrubbery, or grouped with subjects of
similar character. Success with these plants may be se-
cured by first selecting a sheltered and warm position, so
that their noble leaves may be well developed and not
lacerated by storms when they are fully grown ; secondly,
by giving them a deep, free, and thoroughly-drained soil ;
and thirdly, by confining them as a rule to a simple and
rather dwarf stem, so that the vigour of the individual may
not be wasted in several branches. The effect of a plant
kept to a single stem, as shown in the plate, is always much
superior to that of a branched one. Young plants pre-
sent this aspect naturally ; but old ones may be cut down,
ABALIA CANESCENS.
Deciduous fine-leaved Shrub ; hardy everywhere.
A r alia. 59
when they will shoot vigorously. If the effect of a full-
grown specimen be desired, the shrubbery is the place
for it. = A. japonica {Hort.).
*Aralia edulis. — This is a vigorous herbaceous per-
ennial, well suited for those positions in which we
desire a luxuriant type of vegetation. It is perfectly
hardy, is of a fresh and vigorous habit, and grows 6, 7,
and even 8 ft. high in good soil, even so early as the end
of June. The leaves attain a length of nearly a yard
when the plant is strong, while the shoots droop a little
with their weight, and thus it acquires a slightly weeping
character. It is rare in this country now, but, being easily
propagated, may, it is to be hoped, not long prove so.
As it dies down rather early in autumn, it must not be
put in important groups, but rather in a position where
its disappearance may not be noticed. An isolated
position, or one near the margin of an irregular shrub-
bery, fernery, or rough rockwork by the side of a wood
walk, will best suit it. Japan. Division.
*Aralia japonica. — A valuable species, quite distinct
from any of the others, with undivided, fleshy, dark-green
leaves. It is usually treated as a green-house plant, but
is hardy and makes a very ornamental and distinct-
looking shrub on soils with a dry porous bottom. It
grows remarkably well in the dwelling-house ; in fact it
is one of the very few plants of like character that will
develop their leaves therein in winter. Not difficult to
obtain, it may be used with advantage in the flower-
garden or pleasure-ground among medium-sized plants
— say those not more than a yard high. It would
form striking isolated specimens on the turf, and is also
6o
Subtropical Gardening.
very suitable for grouping. A native of Japan.
Sieboldi.
,\ .4
= A.
Aralia japonica.
*Aralia nudieaulis. — A very vigorous perennial,
with a smooth stem scarcely rising out of the ground,
bearing large leaves with long-stalked, oval-oblong,
pointed, toothed leaflets, and a shorter naked flower-
stem, with from two to seven umbels of blossoms. Roots
several feet long and highly aromatic. Similar uses to
those directed for A. edidis. North America.
Aralia papyrifera (Chinese Rice-paper Pla?it). —
This, though a native of the hot island of Formosa,
flourishes vigorously with us in the summer months, and
is one of the most valuable plants in its way, being useful
for the greenhouse in winter and the flower-garden in
summer. It is handsome in leaf and free in growth,
though to do well it must, like all the large-leaved things,
Aralia.
61
be protected from cutting breezes. If this Aralia be
planted in a dwarf and young state, it is likely to give
more satisfaction than if planted out when old and tall.
The leaves spread widely out near the ground, and
then it is very ornamental through the summer. Prefer
therefore dwarf stocky plants when planting it in early
summer. It should have rich, deep soil and plenty of
Aralia papyrifera.
water during the hot summer months. For the public
gardens of Paris it is kept underground in caves during
the winter ; but in private gardens it will doubtless be
thought worthy of a place in the greenhouse throughout
that season. In Battersea Park a bed of A. papyrifera,
13 ft. in diameter, attained a height of 5 ft., from cuttings
struck in the spring of 1868. The plants were left out all
6 2 Subtropical Gardening.
the next winter, and, although killed to the ground, the
thick fleshy roots next season produced numerous strong
shoots or suckers. These were produced irregularly, and
so numerously that they had to be thinned out in many
places ; a few spaces only requiring to be filled up. It
is easily increased by cuttings of the root, and is usually
planted in masses, edged with a dwarfer plant; but as
a small group in the centre of a bed of flowers, or
even as an isolated specimen in a like position, it is most
excellent.
*Aralia racemosa (American Spike?iard). — An her-
baceous species, with smooth, widely-branching, diverging
stems, about 4 ft. in height, and pinnate, slightly downy
leaves with ovate heart-shaped leaflets. Flowers nume-
rous, white, in racemose umbels. Thrives best in good
soil in shady or half-shady positions. Similar positions,
etc., to those for A. nudicaulis and ednlis. N. America.
*Aralia spinosa {Angelica tree of North America) is
highly useful, in consequence of its beauty of foliage,
among subtropical plants. Like many of the hardy
things, it should not be placed in positions where it would
be necessary to remove it, nor closely associated with
tender plants requiring frequent disturbance of the soil.
Flowers in autumn, small, white, in numerous umbels
arranged on a much-branched panicle beset with velvety
stellate down. The leaves are twice and thrice pinnate,
with ovate, deeply serrated, smooth leaflets. In most
cases it grows with a single erect stem — the very type
we require — and it should not be allowed to depart from
this habit. The stem is fiercely arrayed with spines.
On account of its umbrella-like head this fine thing has
A ralia — A ristolochia . 63
often been planted in exposed open spaces, where it
would produce a distinct feature, but it is better planted
where the great leaves will not be lacerated. It gene-
rally grows not more than 10 ft. high ; and in every
size from that down to a plant with a stem not more
than 18 ins. high it may be effectively used in the orna-
mental garden. It is propagated by cuttings of the
roots. N. America.
Aralia macrophylla is a fine large digitate-leaved
species which stands summer exposure pretty well, but
does not make any growth in the open air ; hence it
can be but of comparatively slight importance for this
purpose. Norfolk Island.
Areca sapida. — A New Zealand palm from 6? ft. to
nearly 10 ft. high, with a beautiful crown of bright-green
pinnate leaves, which when young are tinged with a
bronze colour: leaflets from 16 ins. to 2 ft. in length,
lance-shaped. The young leafstalks are of a greyish red
hue. A fine palm for placing in the open air in summer,
and equally so for the conservatory in winter and spring.
It is of very easy culture, if supplied with plenty of
water.
Aristolochia Sipho. — This well-known huge-leaved
plant is capable of being used with excellent effect where
large and distinct foliage is desired. Generally it is used
as a wall plant ; but it is far finer when used to cover
bowers or any like structure. I have seen a most effective
object formed by making the framework of a tent loosely
with rough boughs, and then planting the Aristolochia
around it. It formed a dense green and singular-looking
wigwam. A. tomcntosa is smaller, but distinct in tone of
64 Subtropical Gardening.
green, well worthy of a place, and to be employed in like
manner. N. America.
* Artemisia anethifolia. — A hardy perennial species
about 4 ft. high, with a simple round stem, woody at the
base, and branching vertically above, clothed from about
a foot above the ground with much-divided leaves, the
segments of which are almost thread-like. Flowers very
numerous, small, in a dense, large, terminal panicle, with
erect branches. Useful in groups, or as isolated speci-
mens in beds or borders. Division.
* Artemisia annua {Annual Wormwood). — An ex-
ceedingly graceful kind of wormwood, with tall stems
reaching to a height of 5 ft. or 6 ft. in a season ; the
foliage is small and fine, and the flowers inconspicuous
but arranged in not inelegant panicles. The hue of the
plant is a peculiarly fresh and pleasing green, and it
forms an elegant object in the centre of a flower-bed or
group with plants of like character. Raised from seed as
easily as any half-hardy annual.
* Artemisia gracilis. — An exceedingly graceful plant,
3 or 4 ft. high, with leaves cut into very fine hair-like
segments, having some resemblance to fennel or other
umbelliferous plants with minutely-cut leaves, and of a
deep grass-green, except in the hearts of the shoots,
where the young leaves are unfolding, where there is
a slight hoary pubescence. The flowers are in com-
pound panicles, quite obscure, of a pale green, not at
all ornamental in the common sense, but forming a not
ungraceful inflorescence. However, the plant is only
likely to be grown for its graceful foliage and habit,
and the flowers, which only appear in autumn, may be
Anon. 6 j
pinched off if not admired. Similar positions to those
recommended for the preceding species. Seed.
*Arum crinitum. — The appearance of this plant when
in flower is very grotesque from the singular shape of its
broad, speckled, contorted spathe. The leaves are
divided into five or seven deep segments, the central
division being much broader than the others, and the
leaf-stalks, overlapping each other, form a sort of spurious
stem a foot or 14 ins. high, marbled and spotted with
purplish-black. The treatment for this plant is similar to
that given for A. Dracunculus; but as it is rather more
tender, it will require more care and shelter in winter.
Warm borders, fringes of shrubberies, or beds of the
smaller subtropical plants, will suit it best. The appear-
ance of the flower is almost too repulsive for the nerves
of some persons. Division. S. of Europe.
*Arum Dracunculus, — A strange-looking but hand-
some plant, with a white stem curiously marbled with
black, about 3 ft. high, and very deeply cut palm-like
leaves, broadly veined and spotted with white. The
spathe is of a pale green colour on the outside and of a
deep purple-violet within, and, as well as the flowers,
exhales a powerful carrion odour. Requires a light,
deep, and dry soil, and does best in half-shady positions.
Easily multiplied by division in spring or autumn. It is
best fitted for the fringes of shrubberies, etc., or among
the vegetation that sometimes starts from the bottoms of
warm walls. S. of Europe.
*Arum italicum. — This plant, which is a native of
the Isle of Wight and the Channel Islands, resembles
the common A. maculatum in habit and in the shape of
F
66 Subtropical Gardening.
its leaves, which are, however, of a dark bluish-green
colour, handsomely spotted with white, and marked with
yellow veinings. Although it is a very hardy plant, and
will thrive almost anywhere in moist soil and a shady
position, it will be better to place it in sheltered positions
along the sunny fronts of shrubberies, amidst low-spread-
ing evergreens, and in cosy spots about the flanks of
rockwork and ferneries, to prevent its handsome foliage
from being disfigured by cold wintry winds. One great
merit of this is that it may be used to ornament positions in
which few other plants will thrive, — as, for instance, under
trees, groups of shrubs, etc. Easily multiplied by division
in the end of summer and in autumn. S. of Europe.
*Arundo conspieua. — A companion for the Pampas
grass, though by no means equal to it, as has been stated
by some writers. In some very fine deep and free sandy
loams it attains a height of nearly 12 ft, but this is rare.
As a conservatory subject it is fine in flower, and it will
be often seen in large conservatories after a few years.
A large pot or tub will be necessary if it is grown indoors.
The drooping foliage will always prove graceful, and it
sends up long silvery plumes, drooping also, and strik-
ingly beautiful. Judging by its different appearance
when freely grown in a tub indoors, and when planted
out even in favourable spots, my impression is that it
by no means takes so kindly to our northern climate as
the Pampas grass. However, it is well worth growing,
even in districts where it does not attain a great develop-
ment. It comes into flower before the Pampas grass,
and may be considered as a sort of forerunner of that
magnificent herb. New Zealand.
Amndo. 6j
*Arundo Donax. — This great reed of the south of
Europe is a very noble plant on good soils. In the
south of England it forms canes 10 ft. high, and has a
very distinct and striking aspect. It will grow higher
than that if put in a rich deep soil in a favoured locality ;
and those who so plant clumps of it on the turf in their
pleasure-grounds will not be disappointed at the result.
Nothing can be finer than the aspect of this plant when
allowed to spread out into a mass on the turf of the
flower-garden or pleasure-ground. It seems much to
prefer deep sandy soils to heavy ones ; indeed, I have
known it refuse to grow on heavy clay soil, and flourish
most luxuriantly on a deep sandy loam in the same dis-
trict. Like all large-leaved plants, it loves shelter. No
garden or pleasure-ground in the southern parts of
England and Ireland should be without a tuft of it in a
sheltered spot. But, fine as it is for effect and distinct-
ness, its variegated variety is of more value for the
flower-garden proper.
*Arundo Donax versicolor. — We have already
noticed several fine things for grouping together, or for
standing alone on the turf and near the margin of a
shrubbery-border, and this is as well suited for close associ-
ation with the choicest bedding-flowers as an Adiantum
frond is with a bouquet. It will be found hardy in the
southern counties, and, considerably north of London,
may be saved by a little mound of cocoa-fibre, sifted coal-
ashes, or any like material that may be at hand. In
consequence of its effective variegation, it never assumes
a large development, like the green or normal form
of the species, but keeps dwarf, and yet thoroughly
F 2
68 Subtropical Gardening.
graceful. It is of course best suited for warm, free, and
good soils, and abhors clay, though it is quite possible to
grow it even on that with a little attention to the prepa-
ration of the ground. But it is in all cases better to
avoid things that will not grow freely and gracefully on
whatever soil we may have to deal with : and it is to
those having gardens on good sandy soils, and in the
warmer parts of England, that I would specially recom-
mend this grand variegated subject. For a centre to a
circular bed nothing can surpass it in the summer and
autumn flower-garden, while numerous other charming
uses may be made of it. Not the least happy of these
would be to plant a tuft of it on the green turf, in a
warm spot, near a group of choice shrubs, to help, with
many other things named, to fill up the gap that is now
nearly everywhere observed between ordinary fleeting
flowers and the taller tree and shrub vegetation. It is
better to leave the plant in the ground, in a permanent
position, than to take it up annually. Protect the roots
in the winter, whether it be planted in the middle of a
flower-bed or by itself in a little circle on the grass.
Increased by placing a shoot or stem in a tank of water,
when little plants with roots will soon start from every
joint; they should be cut off, potted, and placed in
frames, where they will soon become strong enough for
planting out.
*Arundo Phragmites (Common Reed). — A native
marsh- or water-plant, 5 ft. or 6 ft. high, bearing when in
flower a large, handsome, spreading, purplish panicle. The
stems are smooth, simple, very erect, and grow closely
together. The plant is only attractive when in flower, as
Asclepias — Asplcnium. 69
its flat, ribbon-like leaves do not of themselves present
any very striking appearance. Useful for the margins of
artificial waters, etc., to which it may be brought from its
wild haunts. It should, however, if possible, be kept in
one spot and not allowed to spread too much.
*Asclepias Cornuti. — A handsome hardy perennial
from N. America, sending up from its running, under-
ground rootstock a number of erect, unbranched stems,
from 4 ft. to 6^ ft. high, thickly covered with large oppo-
site oval leaves. The flowers are of a light rose-colour,
and agreeably fragrant, and are borne in large umbels
at the tops of the stems. The plant does well in
almost any kind of soil or position, and is well adapted
for planting in places which do not require much atten-
tion. As it spreads very rapidly at the root, it is better
to exclude it from small beds or gardens, which would
soon be overrun by it. Several other species are in
cultivation, the best of which are A. spcciosa (Douglasii).
A. incaniata, and A. tube rasa.
*Asparagus Broussoneti (Giant Asparagus). — A
vigorous, climbing asparagus, with a tapering, shrubby
stem, 10 or 12 ft. high. The flowers are small and in-
conspicuous, and are followed by numerous small red
berries. An excellent subject for tall trellises, rustic
bowers, stumps of trees, tall poles, etc. Canary Islands.
Asplenium Nidus-avis. — This is a remarkable fern,
which has been placed out of doors in the garden in
summer, from early in June to October ; but it is not
vigorous or hardy enough to be generally recommended
for this purpose. However, as it may have been noticed
in abundance at Battersea Park, I allude to it here. The
7°
Subtropical Gardening.
leaves are rather broad, pointed, and undulating, nearly
3 ft. long, and form roundish, spreading, nest-like tufts.
It is a favourite subject in places where large collections of
tropical ferns are grown, and in such places a plant may
be tried in the open air in a very warm, shady, and per-
fectly sheltered position. E. Indies.
Asplenium Nidus-avis.
*Astilbe rivularis. — A large-leaved and striking plant
from Nepaul, with the habit and general appearance of
aSpircea, growing to a height of more than 3 ft., and of a
free and graceful habit, which makes it useful for associa-
tion with the finer-foliaged herbaceous plants, and for
dotting here and there in the wild or picturesque garden.
It keeps its foliage well through the season, unlike some
herbaceous plants, and is therefore all the more valuable.
Flowers late in summer, small, yellowish-white, in large
panicled spikes. The radical leaves are broad, twice ter-
nate with toothed divisions, and the base of the leaf-stalk
•is covered with numerous rough tawny hairs. Being
A stilbe — Bambusa .
pretty hardy, the Astilbe usually succeeds well in any
cool rich soil, and best in half-shaded positions. Easily
multiplied by division. It is suited for isolation, borders,
fringes of shrubberies, or for groups of hardy plants.
*Astilbe rubra. — A very pretty and hardy plant, also
resembling a. Spinm in habit and appearance, and grow-
ing from 4 ft. to 6 ft. high. The leaves are twice ternate,
with oblique, heart-shaped leaflets, i in. to 2 ins. long,
and with lengthened serrated points. The flowers are
numerous, in dense panicles, and of a rose-colour, appear-
ing late in summer and in autumn. The same positions, etc.,
as those for the preceding kind. North America, Japan,
and mountains of Northern India.
*Bambusa.— I wish to call the attention of all horti-
culturists who live in the southern and more favoured
parts of these islands to the fact that there are several bam-
boos and bamboo-like plants from rather cool countries
that are well worth planting. Nothing can exceed the
grace of a bamboo of any kind if freely grown ; but if
starved in a crowded house, or grown in a cold dry place,
where the graceful shoots cannot arch forth in all their
native beauty, nothing can be more miserable in aspect.
In cold bad soils and exposed dry places in the British
Isles these bamboos have little chance ; but, on the
other hand, they will be found to make most graceful
objects in many a sheltered nook in the south and south-
western parts of England and Ireland. We have some
knowledge of the capabilities of one kind in this country.
In a well-sheltered moist spot at Bicton I have seen
Bambusa falcata send up young shoots, long and graceful,
like the slenderest of fishing-rods, while the older ones
7
Subtropical Gardening.
were branched into a beautiful mass of light foliage of a
distinct type. The same plant grows in the county of
Cork to a height of nearly 20 ft. This is the best known
kind we have. At Paris I was fortunate enough to
observe various other kinds doing very well indeed,
although the climate is not so suitable as that of Cork
or Devon. These were Bambusa edulis, aurea, nigra,
Simowi, mifis, Metake, and viridi-glaucescens, the first
and last of this group being very free and good. All
the others will prove hardy in the south of England and
Ireland, though, as some of them have not yet been
tried there, it requires the test of actual experiment.
Those who wish to begin cautiously had better take B.
Simonii, viridi-glaucescens, and edulis to commence with,
as they are the most certainly hardy, so far as I have
observed. The best way to treat any of these plants,
obtained in summer or autumn, would be to grow them
in a cool frame or pit till the end of April, then harden
them off for a fortnight or so, and plant out in a nice
warm spot, sheltered also, with good free soil — taking
care that the roots are carefully spread out, and giving
a good free watering to settle the soil. There are no
plants more worthy of attention than these where the
climate is at all favourable, and there are numerous moist
nooks near the sea-side where they will be found to grow
most satisfactorily, as well as in the south.
*Bambusa aurea. — A very hardy and graceful Chinese
species, differing but slightly from B. viridi-glaucescens
in size and habit, and forming elegant tufts with its
slender much-branched stems, which attain a height of
from 61- ft. to 10 ft., and are of a light-green colour when
--»
B AMBUS A AUREA.
Thriving in warm and mild southern districts.
Bambusa. 73
young, changing into a yellowish hue, and finally be-
coming of a straw-yellow when fully grown. The leaves
are lance-shaped acute, light green, and are distinguished
from those of B. viridi-glaucescens by having their under
surface less glaucescent, and the sheath always devoid of
the long silky hairs. The preliminary remarks on culture,
etc., will apply to all the species here described.
*Bambusa edulis. — A hardy and vigorous kind, with
very elegant light-green shoots and olive-green stems,
attaining a height of 10 ft. in the neighbourhood of Paris.
The leaves are small, and the plant is not nearly so
branching as in some other kinds.
*Bambusa falcata (Arundinaria fa/cata). — A very
ornamental species from Nepaul and the Himalayas, and
at present the only kind of bamboo much planted with us.
It grows from 7 ft. to 20 ft. high, and has woody, twisted,
smooth stems of a yellowish-green or straw-colour, knotty,
bearing on one side of each of the knots a bundle of
small branches equally knotty and twisted. The whole
plant has a pale yellowish hue, except in the young spike-
lets and sheaths, which are occasionally purplish. The
leaves are of a fine delicate green, from 4 ins. to 6 ins.
long, ribbon-like, linear-acute, sickle-shaped, in two
rows, short-stalked, and sheathing. It is hardy over the
greater part of England and Ireland, but only attains
full development in the south and west. I have seen
it attain great luxuriance in Devon, and nearly 20 ft.
high near Cork, though in many districts it is stunted.
It loves a deep, sandy, and rich soil, and plenty of
moisture when growing fast.
*Bambusa Fortunei. — A pretty dwarf variegated
74 Subtropical Gardening.
species from Japan, of which I have not seen the green
form in cultivation, with very dwarf, slender, branching,
hollow, half-shrubby stems, seldom growing more than
1 8 ins. high, and with very short internodes. The leaves
are 3^ ins. to 8 ins. long, linear-lance-shaped, abruptly
pointed, somewhat rounded at the base, serrated and
often fringed with long hairs on the margin, downy on
both sides ; they are distinctly variegated, the transverse
veins being often of a bottle-green colour ; stalks very
short and hairy. This kind has proved hardy in our
gardens, but it has not the charm of grace possessed by
the other kinds, and is chiefly desirable in collections of
variegated and edging plants.
*Bambusa japonica (B. Metake). — A large-leaved
and rather dwarf species from Japan, growing from 4 ft.
to 7 ft. high, with erect thickly-tufted stems, which are
entirely covered by the sheaths of the leaves ; the
branches are also erect. The leaves are lance-shaped,
with a very sharp point, dark green, persistent, narrowed
into a short leaf-stalk, and nearly a foot long. This
species sometimes flowers with extraordinary profusion
at the expense of a portion of the foliage, which withers
away and leaves the naked stems exposed. This may,
however, be prevented to some extent, by placing the
plants on mounds somewhat above the level of the sur-
rounding soil. I have seen it thrive very freely in the
late Mr. Borrer's garden in Sussex, and in one or two
other places. It loves a peat soil, or a very free moist
and deep loam, and runs a good deal at the root.
Bambusa mitis. — A fine and vigorous kind from
Cochin China, somewhat tenderer than most of the other
;}USA FALCATA.
Hardy Bamboo Section: growing 16 to 20 feet hi«l< in the milder southern parts of
England and Ireland.
Bambiisa. 75
kinds enumerated, though no doubt it will be found to
thrive in the milder southern districts; or it may be
found useful if grown in the conservatory in winter and
placed out in the open air in summer, as is sometimes
done with B. arundinacea, which otherwise could not
possibly be seen out of doors in our climate. Panicle
simple, erect, close; spikes long, imbricated. Leaves
rather large, lance-shaped, striated, clasping the stem,
which is woody and tapering ; nodes rather_ distant, and
not very prominent.
*Bambusa nigra. — A rather compact-growing Chinese
kind, with nearly solid stems, and thinner leaves than
those of any other species. The stems are smooth and
bushy, about 7 ft. high, of a light green, dotted and striped
with purple when young, changing to a glistening black
when fully grown ; they branch very much at the top,
and sometimes from the base up. The leaves are oval-
oblong, acute, shortly-stalked, with a hard, dry, persist-
ent sheath; their tender green colour contrasting finely
with the blackish hue of the stems. It is best planted as
isolated specimens near the margins of shrubberies, or
on slopes in the pleasure-ground in warm, sunny, and
sheltered positions, in deep, sandy, and well-drained soil.
*Bambusa Quilioi. — A Japanese species of vigorous
growth, with robust green stems and bright-green leaves,
polished above and slightly mealy beneath, the ligule
bearing a little bundle* of brownish-grey hairs at the top.
This kind I first saw in the gardens of the Acclimatisa-
tion Society at Paris, where it was thriving vigorously,
and I have little doubt of its proving valuable in Britain.
*Bambusa Simonii. — A handsome, distinct, and
j 6 Stib tropical Gardening.
vigorous species, which has grown very freely for some
years past in the neighbourhood of Paris. The stems
are numerous and grow as much as 10 ft. high in a sea-
.son. They are mealy-glaucous at the joints, and the
branchlets are numerous and rather closely crowded. The
leaves are narrow, sometimes nearly a foot long, and are
occasionally striped with white. This species, which was
obtained from China some years since, has thriven very
well in the gardens at Paris, where M. Carriere first drew
my attention to it. From what I have seen it do there I
have no doubt it will prove of great value in the milder
southern parts of England and Ireland.
*Bambusa violascens. — A hardy and vigorous kind,
intermediate between B. nigra and B. viridi-glancescens,
most resembling the last-mentioned however. It has
blackish-violet much-branched stems, which assume a
yellow tinge with age. The leaves are green above,
bluish-grey beneath, with an elongated ligule surrounded
by a bundle of black hairs. Native of China.
*Bambusa viridi-glaucescens. — A species from
Northern China, which has been proved very hardy and
free in the Paris gardens, and will, probably, in warm
parts of our islands, make a more vigorous growth and
prove a more beautiful object than any other kind. The
stems, of a light-yellowish-green, grow from 7 ft. to 12 ft.
high, branching from the base, each branch again branch-
ing very much. The leaves are* very numerous, espe-
cially at the ends of the branches, of a pale-green, bluish
underneath, sheathing the stem for a considerable length.
It forms a fine object when planted as isolated specimens
in sheltered warm glades in the pleasure-ground, or in
Bambusa — Baptisia — Berber is. 7 7
snug open spots near wood-walks, in very deep, rich,
light, and well-drained soil.
*Bambusa viridis striata. — Described as a vigorous-
growing, hardy kind, with numerous branches, having its
long leaves green on both sides, and marked with bands,
some of a yellowish and others of a deeper green. It
is a native of Japan, and was recommended by MM.
Thibaut and Ketteleer of Paris, but I have had no
experience of its growth.
*Baptisia australis. — A handsome hardy perennial
from N. America, forming strong bushy tufts from 3 ft.
to 5 ft. high, and from 3 ft. to 6 ft. across, with sea-green
trifoliate leaves which reflect a metallic lustre. The
flowers are of a delicate blue, with wings of a greenish-
white colour, and are borne in long erect spikes. . Grows
well in ordinary, deep, well-drained soil, preferring a
sandy loam. B. cxaltata and B. alba are closely allied
to the preceding species, and form equally handsome
bushes. The foliage of these is of a character to permit
of their being grouped along with some of the finer
perennial foliage-plants with good effect. Division.
*Berberis Aquifolium. — A well-known shrub from
N. America, with simple stems from 3! ft. to 6£ ft. high,
and very glistening, bright green leaves, each consisting
of 7 or 9 sessile, oval, spiny leaflets. Where the plant
is fully exposed to the sun, the foliage frequently acquires
an agreeable reddish tinge. There are numerous vari-
eties, of which B. floribunda may be mentioned as very
handsome in habit and profuse in flower, and B. fiitens,
remarkable for the extremely glossy appearance of the
old leaves, which when young are of a rich bronze
78 Subtropical Gardening.
changing to a dark green. This variety is of a dwarf and
compact habit. It requires a shady situation and a com-
post of peat, loam, and sand. Though so very common,
it will be found worth planting in some places among
groups of hardy things, and also for isolation on the
turf, its leaves being very ornamental.
*Berberis Bealii. — This is perhaps the finest of all the
hardy species, whether as regards foliage or flower, while
the fruit, in colour and size, surpasses that of any other
kind. The leaflets vary to a very great degree on the
same plant, both in form and size, some being 5 ins. long
and 3^ ins. broad, the average size being 3 ins. long by
2 ins. broad : some again are nearly square, while others
are long and narrow, with a very stiff triangular point.
Shade, shelter from gusts of wind, and rich, well-manured
soil are absolutely necessary to do full justice to the
merits of this species. By pruning it to a single stem,
it may be made to assume a very effective palm-like
character. It is easily propagated from seed; a single
berry frequently producing three plants. Being a noble
subject for quiet half-shady wood- walks in peat or moist
sandy loam, it should be much planted in the southern and
milder districts. Where it thrives freely, it would prove a
fine object on the margins of shrubberies grouped with the
hardy " subtropical " plants, or indeed in any position.
*Berberis japonica. — A very handsome species, 5 ft.
or 6 ft. high, with very leathery, pinnate, spiny leaves,
from 1 ft. to 18 ins. long, slightly tinged with pink when
first opened, then becoming pale green, and finally
changing to dark green blotched with yellow. Flowers
yellow, in large racemes, succeeded by large handsome
..•aft^gsSEP^fe.**"
BERBEEIS NEFALENSIS
Fine-leaved evergreen shrub Section; very effective when well-grown,
in the warmer southern districts.
Berber is. . 79
clusters of purple berries. This is also a fine kind for
half-shady walks, and for similar positions and soil to
those recommended for B. Bcalii. Japan.
*Berberis nepalensis. — The noble habit of this
plant makes it peculiarly valuable, possessing, as it does,
the grace of a luxuriant fern with the rigidity of texture
and port of a Cycas. The leaves are occasionally 2 ft.
in length and of a pale green colour, sometimes with
eight pairs of leaflets and an odd one : some of the leaflets
6 ins. long and nearly 2 ins. broad, with coarse spiny teeth
on the margin. The inflorescence is veiy striking and
beautiful. The Nepaul Barberry is one of those subjects
that are too hardy to perish in our climate, yet which
do not usually attain perfect development in it. It exists
about London in the open air, and flowers in early
spring ; but the leaves seldom attain one-fourth of their
full development, and the plant scarcely ever displays
its vigorous grace. In mild parts, principally in the south
and south-west, it grows more freely, and when judi-
ciously placed in sheltered positions, in deep and rather
sandy soil, it becomes a beautiful object. Where it
thrives in the open air, it may be most tastefully used
in the more open spots near the hardy fernery, here
and there among "American plants," or other choice
shrubs with simple leaves, and also isolated in the grass
a little way from the margin of the shrubbery in shel-
tered spots in the pleasure-ground. It should also, in
places favourable to its growth in the open air, prove
very useful as a hardy " subtropical" plant. Where it
does not thrive well in the open air, it should not be
planted. Nepaul.
80 Subtropical Gardening.
*Beta cicla variegata (Chilian Beet). — Under this
name a very showy plant has recently come into cul-
tivation. When well grown the leaves are often more
than a yard long, and present a vivid and most striking
coloration. Their midribs are 4 ins. or more across, and
vary from a dark deep waxy orange to vivid polished
crimson. The splendid hue of the lower part of the leaf-
stalk flows on towards the point, and spreads in smaller
streams through the main veins and ramifications of the
great soft blade of the leaf, which is often 1 ft. and even
15 ins. in diameter, if the plant be in rich ground. The
under sides of the leaves are most richly coloured, and the
habit such that these sides are well seen. It requires the
treatment of an annual — to be raised in a gently heated
frame, and afterwards planted out in very rich ground,
though it may also be kept over the winter in pots. It
varies a good deal from seed, and the most striking indi-
viduals should be selected before the plants are put out.
Used sparingly, its effect would perhaps be more telling
than if in quantity, and it is well suited for isolation. Chili.
*Bocconia cordata. — This is a fine plant in free soil,
but comparatively poor in that which is bad or very stiff.
It forms handsome erect tufts from 5 ft. to over 8 ft. high,
and is admirably suited for embellishing the irregular or
sloping parts of pleasure-grounds. The stems grow rather
closely together, and are thickly set with large, reflexed,
deeply-veined, oval-cordate leaves, the margins of which
are somewhat lobed or sinuated. The flowers, which are
rosy-white and very numerous, are borne in very large
terminal panicles. The flowers are not in themselves
pretty, but the inflorescence, when the plant is well grown,
BLEi [LIENSE
1 Iwarf lender Tree Fern : in sheltered shady dells during the summer months.
Boccon ia — Bras sic a .
81
has a distinct and pleasing appearance. The plant is
seen to best effect when isolated, and does well in ordi-
nary garden-soil or free sandy-
loam. It attains its greatest
size when placed in the angle
of two walls which shelter it
from the north and east, which
seems to indicate that it does
not like sudden changes of
temperature and light. It
should not be stirred too
often, nor divided for several
years. It will prove a good
thing for associating with other
fine hardy plants in bold groups.
Seed or cuttings. China.
Bocconia frutescens. —
A vigorous-growing Mexican
shrub, 3^ ft. to nearly 6 ft. high, with few and very brittle
branches, large, sea-green, handsome leaves, and greenish
flowers. Very effective when placed on grass-plats,
either in groups, or as isolated specimens. It requires
a somewhat warmer climate than ours to thrive well,
though it is sometimes seen in fair condition in the
London parks. A mixture of free sandy loam and peat,
well-drained ground, and an airy position are necessary.
Multiplied by sowing in a hotbed in spring, and may
be placed out from June to the end of September. It is
difficult to propagate it by cuttings.
*Brassica oleracea crispa. — A handsome kind of
cabbage nearly 4 ft. high, with elegantly-cut arching
G
&**
fi-44/f..--*- Lr.
Bocconia cordata.
82 Subtropical Gardening.
leaves, the divisions of which are finely curled or frizzled.
In autumn and winter it may be advantageously em-
ployed in the embellishment of winter-gardens, the leaves
being at their best during that part of the year.
A still more striking subject is B. o. palmifolia, which
attains a height of 6£ ft., and bears its leaves near the
summit of the stem, having quite a palm-like appearance
in the end of the summer and in autumn. This kind
might be used with good effect in various positions, as its
"cabbage" character is not so evident. The fact of
their being cabbages prevents many people from using
these really ornamental plants.
The variegated Kales have been much employed and
with a very good result in the winter-garden at Wardie
Lodge in Scotland and in other places : they lose their
beauty early in spring. " To keep them dwarf and com-
pact, and to bring out their fine colours," say Messrs.
Stuart and Mein, "we sow at the beginning of March
thinly. After the plants are a moderate size, we transplant
them into a poorish soil, in an open space of ground, but
not too closely together. They remain there until they
are wanted for use, when they are removed at any time to
the winter-garden. We plant out into our beds in No-
vember, and keep the heads with their foliage close to the
ground. We cut off all the lower rough leaves, leaving the
rich-coloured head or centre, which in all weathers will be
found to stand up neat and trim, even in bright frosty
weather. As the plants are thus much reduced in size,
they can be planted much closer in the beds. We may
add that, as in other hybrids, worthless plants will occa-
sionally make their appearance : these we discard. No
Brexia — Buphthalm u m .
83
plants should be selected for the beds except those show-
ing pleasing shades of colour."
Brexia madagascariensis. — A handsome shrub
with a slender erect stem (which sometimes attains a
height of 25 ft. or 30 ft. in its native country, but with us
is seldom seen more than a fourth of that), clothed with
alternate, leathery, long, rather narrow, light-green leaves,
nearly or quite smooth at the margin. It is one of the
tropical stove-plants that have stood well in the open
air from June to early in October, but very few places
can spare it for this purpose. It requires ordinary
stove culture during winter and spring, and should only
be placed out after having made a strong growth, and
having that growth hardened off. Madagascar.
*Buphthalmum speciosum. — A hardy, distinct,
and vigorous herbaceous
plant, the stems of which are
stout, very slightly branch-
ing, and about 4 ft. high,
with broad, oval-acute leaves
mostly clustered around the
base of the plant, the lower
ones falling gracefully to-
wards the earth. The flow-
ers, which have a red or
purple disk and yellow rays,
are more than 2 ins. across,
and are terminal, solitary,
long-stalked, borne in the
axils of the upper leaves, and appear in June, July, or
August, according to the season. The plant seldom
G 2
Buphthalmum speciosum.
84 Sttbtropical Gardening.
flowers well before the third year. It is of easy culture
in any soil, is increased by division in autumn, winter, or
spring, and is best fitted for association with the more
vigorous herbaceous plants in rough places. S. of Europe.
Caladium esculentum. — This species has, for out-
door work, proved the best of a large genus with very
fine foliage. It is only in the midland and southern
counties of Great Britain that it can be advantageously
grown, so far as I have observed ; but its grand outlines
and aspect when well developed make it worthy of all
attention, and of a prominent position wherever the
climate is warm enough for its growth. It may be used
with great effect in association with many fine foliage-
plants; but Ferdinanda, Ricinus, and Wigandia usually
grow too strong for it, and, if planted too close, injure it.
This may have been noticed particularly in cases where it
was used as a bordering to masses of the strong-growing
kinds above named. For all kinds of stonework, vases,
etc., it is peculiarly effective and beautiful. This plant,
requires, above all others, a thoroughly-drained, light,
rich, warm soil. In times of great heat, it should be
plentifully watered, and occasionally with liquid manure.
The month of May is the best time for planting it out ;
and if groups are formed, the plants should have an
interval of 2 ft. or 2I ft. between them. The foliage
generally arrives at its full beauty and development in
August and September. At the approach of cold frosty
weather, all the leaves, or all but the central one,
should be cut down to within an inch or two from the
crown, and a few days afterwards the tubers should be
taken up and left on the ground for a few hours to dry :
UAL A Dili LI ESI
Tender Section ; displaying noble leaves during summer in the wanner parts of the
southern counties.
i uLOCASIA ODORATA.
Tender stove Section ; will endure exposure only during summer in the warmest parts
of the southern counties.
Caladium — Calla — Canna. 85
they should then be stored on the shelves of a green-
house, or in a cellar or other place where they will be
sheltered from frost and moisture. By placing the tubers
in a hotbed in March, plants may be obtained with well-
grown leaves for planting out in the open air about the
end of May or the beginning of June. New Zealand.
Caladium odorum (Colocasia odor a). — A very strik-
ing plant, with stout stems usually from 3 ft. to 8 ft. in
height, but growing much taller in a warm stove. The
leaves are erect, very broad, and heart-shaped, marked
with strong veinings, and frequently measure more than
3i ft. in length. The flowers are exceedingly fragrant.
It is a fine subject for isolation on grass-plats, its tall
arborescent habit distinguishing it from all the other
species ; but it is unfortunately too tender to thrive in our
climate except in sunny sheltered dells in the southernparts,
and should not be planted out until June. E. Indies.
*Calla sethiopica {Lily oftJieNile). — This well-known
plant may be grown either as an aquatic in pieces of
ornamental water, fountain-basins, etc., or in the open
ground in cool, moist soil, and equally well in positions
exposed to the full sun and in those which are shaded.
Being so very distinct in leaf and beautiful in bloom, this
old favourite will be seen to as much advantage grouped
with the smaller fine-leaved plants in beds as ever it has
been in our stoves or windows. S. Africa.
*THE CANNAS.
If there were no plants of handsome habit and graceful
leaf available for the improvement of our flower-gardens
86 Subtropical Gardening.
but these, we need not despair, for they possess almost
every quality the most fastidious could desire, and
present a useful and charming variety. The larger kinds
make grand masses, while all may be associated inti-
mately with flowering-plants — an advantage that does
not belong to some free-growing things like the Castor-
oil plant. The Canna ascends as boldly, and spreads
forth as fine a mass of leaves as these, but may be closely
grouped with much smaller subjects. The general ten-
dency of most of our flower-garden plants is to assume a
flatness and dead level, so to speak ; and it is the special
quality possessed by the Cannas for counteracting this
that makes them so valuable. Even the grandest of the
other subjects preserve this tameness of upper-surface
outline when grown in great quantities : not so these, the
leaves of which, even when grown in dense groups,
always carry the eye up pleasantly from the humbler
plants, and are grand aids in effecting that harmony
which is so much wanted between the important tree and
shrub embellishments of our gardens and their surround-
ings, and the dwarf flower-bed vegetation. Another good
quality of these most useful subjects is their power of
withstanding the cold and storms of autumn. They do
so better than many of our hardy shrubs and plants, so
that when the last leaves have been blown from the Lime,
and the Dahlia and Heliotrope have been hurt by frost,
you may see them waving as gracefully and as green as
the vegetation of a temperate stove. Many of the sub-
tropical plants, used for the beauty of their leaves, are so
tender that they go off in autumn, or require all sorts of
awkward protection at that season j but the Cannas last
:na.
The most important and generally useful of tender plants for our climate.
Many kinds are hardy if protected in winter.
Canna. 87
in good trim till the borders must be cleared. All shel-
tered situations, places near warm walls, and nice snugly-
warmed dells, are suitable positions for them. They are
generally used in huge and ugly masses, both about
Paris and London ; but their true beauty will never be
seen till we learn to place them tastefully here and there
among the flowering-plants — just as we place sprigs of
graceful fern in a bouquet. A bed or two solely devoted
to them will occasionally prove very effective ; but
enormous meaningless masses of them, containing per-
haps several hundred plants of one variety, are things to
avoid and not to imitate. As to culture and propagation,
nothing can be more simple : they may be stored in
winter, as readily as potatoes, under shelves in the houses,
in the root-room, or, in fact, anywhere if covered up to
protect them from frost. And then in spring, when we
desire to propagate them, nothing is easier than pulling
the roots in pieces, and potting them separately. After-
wards it is usual to bring them on in heat, and finally
harden them off previous to planting out in the middle
of May ; but a modification of this practice is desirable,
as some kinds are of a remarkably hardy constitution,
and make a beautiful growth if put out without so much
as a leaf on them. The soil for all Cannas should be
deep, rich, and light.
In rambling through the suburbs of Paris, I once
came upon a tuft of Canna springing up strongly
through a box-edging — pretty good evidence that it
had remained there for some years. Upon inquiring of
the proprietor of the garden I found this was the case,
and that he had no doubt of the hardiness of several
88 Stibtropical Gardening.
other kinds. They were planted not more than 8 ins. or
10 ins. deep. When we remember that the Cannas are
amongst the most valuable plants we use for giving grace
and verdure to the flower-garden, this surely is a hint
worthy of being acted upon, as, of course, they will prove
equally hardy with us. Considering their diversity of
colour and size, their graceful pointed habit and facility
of propagation, we must concede them the first place ;
but their capability of being used by anybody who grows
ordinary bedding-plants, and the fact that they may be
preserved so very easily through the winter, enhance
their value still more. Cannas, protected by a coating of
litter, have been left out in Battersea Park through severe
winters, and during the unfavourable summer of 1867
attained a height of nearly 12 ft. Where it is desired to
change the arrangements as much as possible every year,
it may not be any advantage to leave them in the ground,
and in that case they may be taken up with the bedding-
plants, and stored as simply and easily as carrots.
Wherever they are grown as isolated tufts, in small groups,
or in small beds, it will be best not to take them up oftener
than every second or third year. These noble plants would,
also adorn the conservatory, which is often as devoid of
any dignified vegetation as the unhappy flower-gardens
which are seen all over the country. Few subjects
would be more effective, none more easily obtained.
SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF CANNA.
In the following list of the species and varieties of
Canna, the first thirteen kinds are considered species :
Canna. 89
but the finest kinds for garden use will be found among
the Hybrids and Varieties.
Canna aurantiaca. — A vigorous kind, 6^ ft. or more
in height, with large, broadly oval-lance-shaped leaves,
of a pale green colour, slightly waved on the margin.
Flowers with rose-coloured outer, and reddish inner,
divisions, the upper lip being of an orange colour and
the lower one yellow dotted with orange. Rhizome
tuberous, with long subterranean shoots. Antilles.
Canna discolor. — One of the finest kinds, and,
although it does not flower regularly in the open air, one
of the most valuable on account of its foliage. The
leaves are very large, broadly oval-oblong, the lower
ones tinged with a blood-red hue, and the upper ones
veined or streaked with purple. Stems reddish, stout,
growing to a height of more than 6 ft. Flowers orange-
red, with bright-red inner divisions. S. America.
Canna edulis. — A vigorous species, largely cultivated
by the Peruvians for the sake of its edible roots, growing
from 6 ft. to 7 ft. high, the stems tinged with deep purple.
Leaves broadly oval - lance - shaped, green tinged with
purple maroon. Flowers large : external divisions purple,
upper internal division scarlet shaded with yellow, the
lower one of an orange-red. S. America.
Canna flaccida. — A species remarkable for the great
size of its flowers, which bear some resemblance to those
of Iris Pseud-acorns. They are entirely yellow, flaccid,
few in number, and very transitory. This is not a tall
species, seldom exceeding 2 ft. 8 ins. in height. Leaves
oval-lance-shaped, erect, glaucescent. South America.
This species should not be confounded with the C. flaccida
90 S7ibtropical Gardening.
of Willdenow which is found on the shores of the
Mississipi.
Carina Gaboniensis. — A species from the Gaboon
River, with the habit of C. nefialensis. Rhizomes large
and round ; stalks green, large ; leaves deep green lightly-
edged with purple, longish, acuminate ; flowers medium-
sized, clear orange; habit fine, special; height 5+ ft. to 6 ft.
Carina gigantea. — A robust kind, growing about 6£ ft.
high. Flowers in summer, large and very handsome ; ex-
ternal divisions orange red; internal ones deep purple-red;
spathes reddish. Leaves more than 2 ft. long; stalks
covered with a velvety down. S. America.
Canna indica. — Flowers in summer, tolerably large,
irregular, in erect spikes ; external divisions light yellow ;
upper inner divisions of a carmine-red ; the lower one
yellow dotted with carmine. Leaves large, alternate,
oval-lance-shaped ; the stalks sheathing at the base.
Stems 3 ft. to 6 ft. high. A variety (C. i. superba) has
much larger flowers of a scarlet colour. India. It is
not nearly so useful or imposing in appearance as some
of the newer hybrid kinds.
Canna iridiflora. — Flowers in midsummer, large,
lively rose-colour, with a yellow spot on the lip ; divisions
of the calyx red, erect, oval-acute ; spikes somewhat
drooping, issuing several together from the same spathe.
Leaves broadly oval-acuminate, slightly membranous at
the margin, and having some hairs at the lower part of
the midrib. Stems 6 ft. to over 8 ft. high. Peru. A
somewhat tender species, and although one of the finest,
does not flower freely. To secure its blooming, the
plants should be taken up towards the end of summer,
Canna. 91
potted, and kept in a hothouse through the winter.
They should be watered moderately, and, treated in this
way, will almost always begin to show flower in the
ensuing spring.
Canna limbata. — This has numerous stems nearly
3 ft. high, and oblong-lance-shaped, acute leaves. Flowers
in long loose spikes issuing from glaucous spathes tinged
with red ; outer divisions pale yellow ; upper lip scarlet
edged with a yellow margin ; lower lip red, with golden
reticulations. Brazil.
Canna musse folia. — This species was formerly
described in the English, Dutch, and German horticul-
tural journals under the name of C. excelsa. It was
named muscefolia by M. Anne'e, who introduced it into
France in 1858, from the resemblance of its leaves to
those of the Musa or banana-tree. It reaches a height of
more than 8 ft., and has green, downy stems, and very
large, oval, green leaves. Flowers small, orange-yellow.
It is a tender species without rhizomes, and requires to
be kept constantly growing. Peru.
Canna nepalensis. — A variety of C. glauca (accord-
ing to M. Chate), introduced into France by M. Wallich,
director of the Botanic Garden at Calcutta. About
6^ ft. high, with oval-lance-shaped glaucous leaves,
narrowed at both ends. Outer divisions of flower
greenish-yellow; inner ones, sulphur-coloured or light
orange.
Canna purpurea spectabilis. — Rhizomes cylin-
drical. Stalks medium-sized, purple. Leaves deep green-
ish purple, fair size. Flowers small, scarlet. Rather un-
common; habit fine; height 6 ft. to 6£ ft. This is a
92 Subtropical Gardening.
very hardy species, and has given rise to all the varieties
with red or striped leaves.
CannaWarscewiczii. — A very early-flowering species,
easily raised from seed, and if sown early in spring, may
be used for decorative purposes the same year. Stems
numerous, reaching a height of somewhat over 3 ft.
Leaves oval-elliptical, narrowed at both ends, and deeply
tinged with dark purple. Flowers with brilliant scarlet
inner divisions ; outer ones purplish. S. America. There
are many handsome varieties of this species in cultivation.
Canna Alfred Dumesnil. — Rhizomes clouded, elon-
gated. Stalks medium thickness, deep greenish-purple.
Leaves medium-sized, acuminate and erect, deep green
striped with violet-purple. Flowers large, well-formed,
scarlet. Free-flowering ; height $i ft. to 4 ft.
Canna Annei. — A vigorous kind, with numerous stiff
stems, of a sea-green colour, 6£ ft. high, and large green,
glaucescent, oval-acute leaves, 2 ft. long by 10 ins. wide.
Flowers large, well-formed, salmon-colour, continuing to
appear from July until the first frosts.
Canna Annei-rosea. — Flowers late and scantily.
Stems numerous, dark green with a reddish base, attaining
a height of nearly 10 ft. Flowers small, carmine rose-
colour. Leaves dark green, very narrow and pointed,
erect, about 2 ft. 4 ins. long. Rootstock long, conical-
cylindrical, reddish.
Canna Annei-bicolor. — A kind with rather thick
green stems nearly 6 ft. high, with a violet-coloured base.
Leaves light green, oval-acute. Flowers few, of medium
size, orange-coloured ; the two upper petals reddish.
Rootstock of a violet colour.
Canna. 93
Caima Annei-floribunda. — Resembles the type in
habit and foliage, but is not so tall, is more free-flowering,
and has yellow leaves.
Canna Annei-fulgida. — Stems small, of a dark-red
colour, from 3 ft. to 5 ft. high. Leaves deep purple,
erect, 20 ins. long and 6 ins. wide. Flowers large, well-
opened, orange-red. Very tender.
Canna Annei-marginata. — Stems of medium size,
dark-red colour, and about 3^ ft. high. Leaves of a deep
green with a dark-red margin. Flowers rather large,
orange-red. (Considered an inferior variety.)
Canna Annei-discolor. — Stems five or six in number,
vigorous and erect, of a uniform red hue, from 3 ft. to
5 ft. high. Leaves lance-shaped, erect, of a light-red
colour, 2? ft. long and 10 ins. wide. Flowers late and
few, small, rose-coloured, tinged with yellow. Rootstock
conical, very small and short, covered with violet scales.
Canna Annei-rubra. — Rhizomes of good thickness.
Stalks medium thickness, purple. Leaves acuminate, deep
green striped with purple, good size ; habit fine. Flowers
bright orange, well-formed. One of the most free-flower-
ing Cannas. Height 6^- ft.
Canna atronigricans. — Stems of medium thickness,
seldom exceeding 3 \ ft. in height. Leaves of a purplish
shade passing into dark-red, of a deeper hue than those
of C. nigricans. Flowers few, of a golden-brown colour.
Rootstocks small and few, with reddish scales. A very
handsome but tender kind.
Canna aurantiaca-splendida. — Stems green, downy,
rather thick, 6£ ft. to over 8 ft. high. Leaves oval, erect,
2 ft 4 ins. to 2\ ft. long and 1 ft. wide, with very promi-
94 Subtropical Gardening.
nent membranes. Flowers in September, orange, well-
formed, and of a good size. Rootstocks small. A very
vigorous-growing variety.
Canna aurantiaca-zebrina. — Stems brown, downy,
3i ft. to nearly 5 ft. high. Leaves of a light green, striped
with fine violet bands, and 2 ft. in length by 10 ins. wide.
Flowers very few, light red. Rootstocks few and short.
Canna Amelia. — Stems of a sea-green colour, nearly
5 ft. high. Leaves oval-acuminate, glaucous, and grace-
fully recurved. Flowers large, well-opened, of a golden
yellow, spotted with orange-purple on all the petals.
Rootstocks conical and cylindrical. Blooms abundantly
and continuously from July till the first frosts.
Canna atropurpurea. — Stems very small and downy,
of a reddish hue, and not exceeding si & m height.
Leaves small, recurved, of an almost black colour.
Flowers rather large, of a reddish golden-brown. Root-
stocks small, cylindrical, closely crowded around the
plant. This variety seeds well and freely.
Canna Abbe Rosier. — Stems green, nearly 6 ft. high.
Leaves erect, of a glaucous sea-green shade. Flowers of
medium size, light brown, tinged with vermilion, not
well-formed, and opening badly. Rootstocks conical and
cylindrical.
Canna Bonetti. — Stems vigorous, of a deep-red
colour, glaucous towards the top, and about 8^ ft. high.
Leaves deep green, with deep-red veins and edges, 2 ft.
4 ins. long, and over 8 ins. wide. Flowers rather large,
yellowish-brown, shaded with dark purple, well-formed
and well-opened. Rootstocks thick, elongated. Seeds
freely and well.
Canna. 95
Canna Bonetti -major. — Very like the preceding,
but with much taller stems and larger leaves and flowers.
Canna Bonetti-semperflorens. — Stems brown, 6i ft.
to over 8 ft. high. Leaves lance-shaped, deeply tinged
and margined with a dark-red shade. Flowers rather
large, of a wine-red colour. A very free bloomer.
Canna Bourcier. — Stems brown, 6£ ft. to nearly 10 ft.
high. Leaves long, lance-shaped, of a deep violet-red
colour. Flowers of a brick-red shaded with salmon-colour.
Rootstocks conical, of medium size, violet-coloured.
Canna Bihorelli. — Stems purple, 3i ft. to nearly 5 ft.
high. Leaves dark red, with a narrow purple margin.
Flowers numerous, light red, in handsome panicles.
Rootstocks conical and rather numerous.
Canna compacta-grandiflora. — Stems brown, 3^ ft.
to nearly 5 ft. high. Leaves dark red, not well set.
Flowers very large, well-formed, of a salmon-shaded-red,
in handsome panicles. Rootstocks conical, rather large,
covered with reddish scales.
Canna Chatei-discolor. — Stems purple, very robust,
37 ft. to nearly 5 ft. high. Leaves thick and firm, of a
deep green, finely rayed and margined with purple.
Flowers blood-red, well-formed. Rootstocks conical, of
medium size. A very shy bloomer.
Canna Chatei-grandis. — Stems brownish-purple,
6h ft. high, when not divided year after year. Leaves at
first erect, afterwards deflected throughout their entire
length and spreading very much, 2 ft. 4 ins. long and
1 ft. wide. Flowers late, crimson, in a handsome panicle.
Rootstocks brown, conical, very short. Ripens its seeds
well.
g6 Subtropical Gardening.
Canna Daniel Hooibrenk. — Rhizomes large. Stalks
strong, green. Leaves large, glaucous-green, acuminate.
Flowers large, bright orange. Free-flowering; fine habit.
Height over 6 ft.
Canna De Candolle. — Stems green, about 4 ft. high.
Leaves green, badly set. Flowers very numerous, ver-
milion shaded with carmine. Rootstocks conical.
Canna discolor-floribunda. — Stems dark red, 3! ft.
to 4x ft. high. Leaves oblong, 18 ins. long and 10 ins.
wide, deep green striped with purple. Flowers small,
orange-red. Rootstocks conical, of medium size. Ripens
its seeds well.
Canna Depute Henon. — Stems green, not exceeding
4 ft. 10 ins. in height. Leaves of a light glaucous-green,
oval, acute, erect. Flowers large, well-formed, of a pure
canary-colour, with a brownish-yellow base, in numerous
spikes, which rise gracefully above the foliage to the
height of about 20 ins. Rootstocks cylindrical, elongated,
standing at some distance from the centre of the tuft.
Ripens its seeds well.
Canna Edward Morren. — Rhizomes conical. Stalks
green, numerous. Leaves clear green, longish. Flowers
large, well-formed, yellow, very much spotted with bright
nasturtium-colour. Very floriferous. This is the finest
Canna with spotted flowers. Height 5 ft. to 5^ ft.
Canna elata-macrophylla. — Stems reddish below,
green and downy above, more than 8 ft. high. Leaves
light green, very large, oval, slightly waved. Flowers
salmon-coloured, small. Rootstocks conical, of medium
size. Seeds freely.
Canna expansa. — Stems thicker than in any other
Canna. 97
variety, green, downy, 6 ft. to over 8 ft. high. Leaves
of enormous size (over 4 ft. long and from 2 2 ins. to 2 ft.
wide), oval, obtuse, spreading horizontally to a great dis-
tance from the stems. Flowers small, vermilion shaded
with salmon, in panicles. Roots fibrous. Should be
planted in a well-sheltered position to save the huge
leaves from being torn by the winds. Never seeds.
Canna expansa-rubra. — Stems numerous, vigorous,
very thick, dark-red, 4 ft. to nearly 6 ft. high. Leaves of
a dark-red colour, and resembling those of the preceding
in size, shape, and arrangement. Flowers large, with
rounded divisions, of a dazzling purple colour. Root-
stocks very thick, cylindrical, and much swollen in the
upper part. Like the preceding, requires a sheltered
position.
Canna elongatissima-rustica. — Stems deep-green,
very thick, d\ ft. to over 8 ft. high. Leaves oval, erect,
very large, of a deep shining green, with a narrow dark-
red margin. Flowers very small, orange-rose-coloured.
Rootstocks very small, conical, with fibrous roots. A
vigorous-growing variety.
Canna excelsa-zebrina. — Stems dark violet-red,
downy, rather thick, d\ ft. to over 8 ft. high. Leaves
very large, oval, erect, deep-green, passing into dark-red,
rayed with violet-purple. Flowers small, orange. Root-
stocks small, conical. This is the finest striped variety.
Canna guayaquilla. — Rhizomes large, round. Stalks
very thick, reddish. Leaves very wide and large, bor-
dered with purple. Flowers small, yellowish - orange.
Rather uncommon ; fine habit ; a remarkable kind.
Height over 6 ft.
H
9 8 Subtropical Gardening.
Canna gigantea-major. — Stems thick and vigorous,
of a light-green, slightly reddish below, 6^- ft. to 8+ ft.
high. Leaves very large, of a light glistening green.
Flowers medium size, pale-red. Rootstocks whitish, very
thick, cylindrical, and swollen. A very hardy variety.
Carina gigantea-rubra. — Stems dark red, 4 ft. to
nearly 6 ft. high. Leaves broad, obtuse, green, shaded
with dark-red. Flowers blood-red, in panicles. Root-
stocks conical, very closely crowded together. Resembles
C. Chatei-grandis, but is an inferior variety.
Canna grandis. — Stems green, downy, very thick,
from nearly 10 ft. to nearly 12 ft. high. Leaves oval,
erect, deep green, very large. Flowers poppy-red, small,
but in large panicles. Rootstocks small, with fibrous
roots.
Canna grandiflora-noribunda. — Stems small, from
20 ins. to 3t ft. high, of a light glistening green. Leaves
small, light-green and glistening. Flowers numerous,
very large, with rounded divisions, orange-rose colour, in
handsome panicles. Rootstocks yellowish, numerous,
cylindrical, of medium size. A very hardy variety, of
great effect from its brilliant and luxuriant inflorescence.
Canna Heliconisefolia. — Stems deep green and
downy, 6^- ft. to over 8 ft. high. Leaves green, oval,
erect, very firm. Flowers small, orange. Roots fibrous.
Does not seed before the second year.
Canna Hostei. — Stems chestnut-coloured, about 8 ft.
high. Leaves dark-red, lance-shaped. Flowers large,
red. Rootstocks dark-red, conical.
Canna involventiafolia. — Stems green, 8 ft. to
nearly 10 ft. high. Leaves very large, reflexed, of a light
Canna. 99
green. Flowers few and small. Rootstocks small, with
fibrous rootlets.
Carina Imperator. — Stems vigorous, very thick,
green and downy, reddish below, 6± ft. to over 8 ft. at
the close of the season. Leaves half-opened, lance-shaped,
light green, with prominent lateral nerve, 2 ft. 4 ins. long
by 14 ins. wide. Flowers late, very effective, of a
dazzling blood-red. Rootstocks conical, very short.
Canna iridiflora-hybrida. — Stems green, downy,
somewhat reddish below, 6i ft. to over 8 ft. high. Leaves
green, very large. Flowers well-formed, very large, blood-
red. Rootstocks small, with fibrous roots. Flowers to
most advantage in a house, where it is really magnificent.
Canna iridiflora-rubra. — Stems brown, 3$ ft. to
nearly 5 ft. high. Leaves deep green shaded with dark
red, and with a narrow dark purplish-red margin. Flowers
large, purplish-red. This variety is not so tender as the
preceding one.
Canna insignis. — Stems violet, downy, 3! ft. to
nearly 5 ft. high. Leaves oval, extending horizontally,
of a tender green, rayed and margined with purplish-red.
Flowers few and small, of an orange-red. This variety
is valuable for its fine foliage.
Canna Joseph- Auzende.— Stems green, 4^ ft. high.
Leaves green and flaccid. Flowers deep carmine, of
medium size. Rootstocks yellowish, small and conical.
Not a very good variety.
Canna Jean Bart. — Rhizomes conical; stalks
medium thickness, deep green, elongated. Flowers very
large, deep purple; height 57 ft. to 6 ft.
Canna Jean Vandael. — Rhizomes cylindrical.
h 2
ioo Subtropical Gardening.
longish ; stalks medium thickness, numerous, clear green.
Leaves clear green, erect, elongated. Flowers large, well-
formed, garnet-red ; height 4 ft. to 4^ ft.
Canna Jussieu. — Stems green, from nearly 4 ft. to
4t ft. high. Leaves small, glaucous-green. Flowers
citron, approaching a chamois-colour. Rootstocks conical
cylindrical. (An inferior variety.)
Canna Krelagei discolor.— Stems very thick, from
nearly 5 ft. to nearly 6 ft. high. Leaves broad and thick,
dark-red, rayed with purplish-red. Flowers large, car-
mine-red, sometimes rayed with white, in handsome
panicles. Rootstocks grey, conical.
Canna Liervalii. — Stems dark-red, 6^ ft. high.
Leaves of the same colour, rayed with purple. Flowers
orange-red. Rootstocks dark red, conical.
Canna Lavallei. — Stems slender, purplish-brown.
Flowers very large, well-formed, vermilion-orange, becom-
ing yellower as they open. Rootstocks cylindrical.
Canna Lemoinei. — Stems green, 6£ ft. to over 8 ft.
high. Leaves very leathery, of medium size, and deep
green colour. Flowers bright orange.
Canna limbata-major. — Stems green and downy,
5 ft. to d\ ft. high. Leaves large, lance-shaped, narrow,
spreading, deep green, 2$ ft. long, and over 8 ins. wide.
Flowers large, orange-red. Rootstocks cylindrical, nar-
rowed towards the top, closely crowded together. Ripens
its seeds freely.
Canna maxima. — Stems green and downy, 5 ft. to
61- ft. high. Leaves very large, lance-shaped, acute, light
green, becoming darker in the course of growth, reflexed,
from 2i ft. to 32 ins. long, and 10 ins. to 1 ft. wide, on
Cannd. 101
stalks 6 or 7 ins. long. Flowers small, orange-yellow.
Roots fibrous, without rootstocks. Does not flower before
the second year, and is valuable only for its foliage.
Canna Marechal-Vaillant. — Stems robust, from
5 ft. to 6 ft. high. Leaves oblong, lance-shaped, erect,
28 ins. to 32 ins. long, deep green, striped with purplish-
red. Flowers large, elegant, of a pure orange, in hand-
some spikes. Rootstocks rather thick, conical and
cylindrical, standing at some distance from the tuft.
Canna musaefolia-peruviana. — Stems green and
downy, 5 ft. to 6h ft. high. Leaves very large, wide,
light green. Flowers small, orange. Rootstocks very
small.
Canna mussefolia minima. — Leaves of a whitish
green, badly set. Flowers small, orange-brown. No
rootstocks.
Canna mussefolia-hybrida. — Resembles C. musce-
folia, but the stems and leaves are thicker and of a deeper
green.
Canna mussefolia-rubra. — Stems dark red, 6£ ft.
high. Leaves dark purple-red, oval, very large. Flowers
small, salmon-red. Rootstocks very tender, with fibrous
roots. Neglected as too tender and not sufficiently dis-
tinct from several other varieties, such as C. Chatei-
grandtSj etc.
Canna mussefolia-perfecta. — Stems from 5 ft. to
6i ft. high. Leaves broad, very firm, of a handsome
whitish green. Flowers small, yellow. Roots fibrous,
without rootstocks.
Canna metallica. — Resembles C. nigricans, and
has never justified its name.
102 Subtropical Gardening.
Canna macrophylla-zebrina. — Stems violet and
downy, 4 ft. to over 5 ft. high. Leaves dark-red, rayed
and striped with purple. Flowers red, with a perennially
withered aspect. Rootstocks very small, conical, closely
set round the tuft. This variety is very subject to
diseases.
Canna metallicoides. — Stems violet, 5 ft. to 6h ft.
high. Leaves of medium size, dark-red striped with
purple. Flowers medium size, light-red. Rootstocks
small, with fibrous roots.
Canna nervosa. — Stems reddish, 3 J ft. to 5 ft. high.
Leaves deep green, rayed and margined with purple.
Flowers small, blood-red. Rootstocks conical.
Canna nigricans. — Stems purplish-red, 4! ft. to over
8 ft. high. Leaves lance-shaped, acuminate, erect, of a
coppery red, which exhibits a metallic gleam under sun-
shine. The old leaves lose their reddish tint, and assume
a duller hue. They are 2^ ft. in length by 10 ins. or 12
ins. wide. Flowers few and late, of a sad, tawny-yellow
colour. Rootstocks brownish, conical. Seldom seeds.
One of the finest kinds.
Canna nana-superba.— Stems green, growing very
closely together, and from 20 ins. to 32 ins. high. Leaves
small, of a handsome green. Flowers large, badly formed,
of a brick-red, becoming darker as they open. Root-
stocks grey, small, conical. (A very inferior variety.)
Canna nepalensis-grandiflora. — Has the same
habit and foliage as the type (C. nepalensis), but is a
dwarfer variety with better-shaped flowers of a sulphur-
yellow, sometimes dotted with red.
Canna Oriflamme. — Rhizomes conical, stalks deep
Canna. 10
j
green. Leaves good size, elongated, acuminate, deep
green lightly striped. Flowers very large, deep orange,
in panicles which stand up considerably above the foliage.
Height 5 ft. to 5? ft.
Carina Pie IX. — Stems small, green, slightly reddish
below, 3i ft. to 4 ft. high. Leaves small, of a pale
glaucous-green, erect, lance-shaped, acuminate. Flowers
large, light yellow with a deep orange claw, very numerous,
in closely-crowded panicles. Rootstocks conical and
cylindrical. Excellent for edgings.
Canna Parmentier. — Stems small, green, 4 ft. to 5 ft.
high. Leaves glaucous-green, small. Flowers brownish-
yellow. Rootstocks grey, conical and cylindrical. (An
inferior variety.)
Canna purpurea-hybrida. — Stems dark-red, from
4t ft. to over 5 ft. high. Leaves dark-red, rayed with
reddish-purple. Flowers large, brownish-yellow. Root-
stocks small, conical, crowded. A very handsome variety,
but tender.
Canna Porteana. — Stems small, dark-red, 3! ft. to
4 ft. high. Leaves red, with a metallic lustre. Flowers
medium-sized, light orange. Rootstocks grey, small
forming a close, compact tuft. A fine but tender variety.
Canna picturata-fastuosa. — Stems numerous,
green, 5 ft. to 6^ ft. high. Leaves green, glaucescent,
narrow, much pointed, over 2 ft. long by 6 ins. wide.
Flowers large, well-opened, light yellow speckled with red.
Blooms luxuriantly and continuously from the end of July
to the first frosts. Rootstocks white, with grey scales,
cylindrical, much elongated.
Canna picturata-nana. — Stems small, green, from
104 Subtropical Gardening.
20 ins. to 2 ft. high. Leaves very small, of a light green.
Flowers large, yellow, spotted with red. Rootstocks
whitish, small, conical. A charming variety for edgings.
Canna Plantieri. — Stems very thick, reddish below,
deep green above, 33- ft. to over 8 ft. high. Leaves
green, glaucous, lance-shaped, acute. Flowers large,
bright yellow, changing to orange. Rootstocks greyish,
rather thick, conical and cylindrical. A late and shy
bloomer.
Canna Premices-de-Nice. — Stems and leaves like
those of C. A?inei, $1 ft. to 5 ft. high. Flowers very
large, bright yellow, sometimes dotted with salmon-colour.
Rootstocks conical and cylindrical, rather shorter than
those of C. Annei. A very free-flowering and hardy
variety.
Canna rubra-superbissima. — Stems dark purple-
red, very thick, from nearly 6 ft. to 6£ ft. high. Leaves
broad, round, purplish-red, with a metallic lustre. Flowers
of medium size, light orange-red. Rootstocks brownish,
very thick, conical, crowded together. One of the finest
metallic-red-leaved Cannas.
Canna rubricaulis. — Stems dark-red, from nearly
6 ft. to 7^ ft. high. Leaves dark-red, rayed and mar-
gined with purple-red. Rootstocks greyish, small, conical.
(Inferior to the preceding variety.)
Canna rubra-nerva. — Stems dark-red, from 3^ ft.
to 5 ft. high. Leaves long and narrow, lance-shaped,
reflexed, dark-red rayed with purple. Flowers large, of a
cinnabar red. Rootstocks dark-red, very long, conical,
and cylindrical. Resembles a weeping willow.
Canna rubra-perfecta. — Stems dark-red, from 5 ft.
Canna. 105
to 6^ ft. high. Leaves dark-red, rayed with purple.
Flowers of medium size, orange-red. Rootstocks dark-
red, conical. Seeds freely.
Canna rotundifolia-vera. — Stems very thick, green,
downy below, from 31 ft. to 5 ft. high. Leaves round,
reflexed, of a deep glistening green. Flowers medium-
sized, opening very badly, of a carmine-red. Rootstocks
medium-sized, conical. (A tender variety.)
Canna rotundifolia-rubra-major. — Steins dark-red,
numerous, very thick, vigorous, from 3 i ft. to 5 £ ft. high.
Leaves round, obtuse, spreading almost horizontally, pale-
red, with a dark purplish-red midrib and border. Root-
stocks dark-red, very thick, cylindrical, much swollen
above.
Canna rotundifolia-metallica. — Similar to the pre-
ceding, but with coppery-red leaves which have a metallic
lustre.
Canna Rendatleri. — Stems light purplish-red, of
medium thickness, vigorous, rather distant from each
other, from nearly 6 ft. to over 8 ft. high. Leaves much
pointed, deep-green tinged with dark-red, badly set.
Flowers numerous, very large, well-opened, salmon-red.
Rootstocks greyish, conical, cylindrical. Ripens its seeds
badly.
Canna Rodezii. — Stems small, numerous, from 4 ft.
to 6i ft. high. Leaves green, glaucous, lanceolate, acute,
very narrow. Flowers large, marigold-orange. Root-
stocks whitish, cylindrical, very slender and long. A
variety desirable for its flowers, but not ornamental in
foliage.
Canna Thibauti. — Stems purplish-brown, from 5 ft.
106 Subtropical Gardening.
to 6* ft. high. Leaves broad, thick, dark-red, rayed with
purple. Flowers very large, well-opened, poppy-red, in
crowded panicles. Rootstocks white, small, crowded
together.
Carina striata. — Stems green, slender, 3! ft. to 5 ft.
high. Leaves small, very narrow, erect, glaucous-green.
Flowers yellow, speckled and rayed with red. Root-
stocks small, cylindrical, crowded at the base of the
plant. Inferior to C. picturata-nana of the same colour.
Carina Warscewiczioides-Chatei. — Stems dark-
red, thick, from 6^- ft. to over 7 ft. high. Leaves very
large, dark-red. Flowers small, blood-red, in very large
panicles. Rootstocks brown, rather thick, cylindrical.
Canna Warscewiczioides-nobilis. — Stems deep-
green, tinged with dark-red, from 5 ft. to 6+ ft. high.
Leaves deep-green, rayed and margined with dark-red.
Rootstocks medium-sized, conical, crowded around the
base of the plant.
Canna Van-Houttei. — Stems dark-red, vigorous, from
5 ft. to 6h ft. high. Leaves lance-shaped, pointed, green,
rayed and margined with dark purplish-red, 2 ft. to
2\ ft. long. Flowers large, well-formed, poppy-red.
Rootstocks grey, long, cylindrical. A very handsome
and hardy variety.
Canna zebrina. — Stems green, tinged with dark-red,
small, from 32 ins. to 3! ft. high. Leaves deep-green,
rayed and striped with dark-red. Flowers small, orange
tinged with salmon. Rootstocks whitish, conical. A
tardy grower.
Canna zebrina-major. — Stems green tinged with
dark-red, downy, of medium size, 5 ft. to 6^ ft. high.
Canna. 107
Leaves oval, erect, deep-green, rayed and striped with
dark purplish-red. Flowers very small, red. Rootstocks
brown, rather thick, conical, swollen.
Carina zebrina-elegantissima. — Stems dark-red,
vigorous, 4 ft. to 5 ft. high. Leaves very large, lance-
shaped, deep -green, striped with dark purplish- red.
Flowers of medium size, yellowish-brown tinged with
scarlet. Rootstocks greyish, conical, swollen.
Canna zebrina-g£ant. — Stems deep-green, tinged
with violet-red, very thick, downy. Leaves very large,
thick, deep-green, rayed with dark-red. Flowers large,
light-red. Rootstocks whitish, conical, closely crowded
together. Difficult to flower, but very ornamental in
foliage.
Canna zebrina - violacea. — Stems violet, downy,
slender, about 4 ft. high. Leaves violet, rayed with purple.
Flowers of medium size, bright-red. Roots fibrous. A
very tender variety, with badly-developed leaves.
Canna zebrina-nana. — Stems green tinged with
dark-red, 16 ins. to 20 ins. high. Leaves small, light-green,
rayed and margined with purple. Flowers of medium
size, light-red. Rootstocks small, crowded on one an-
other. Excellent for large edgings.
Canna Ferrandii. — Stems dark purplish-red, 4 ft. to
5 ft. high. Leaves medium-sized, dark-red, margined
with purple. Flowers large, blood-red, very numerous,
in handsome panicles.
Canna Auguste Ferrier. — Stems green, very thick,
downy, nearly to ft. high. Leaves very large, oval, erect,
pointed, deep-green, with narrow stripes and margin of
dark purplish-red. Flowers of medium size, orange-red.
io8
Subtropical Gardening.
Rootstocks small, but very hardy. A shy bloomer, but
of remarkably fine habit and foliage.
Canna Barilletti. — Stems red, vigorous, nearly 10 ft.
high. Leaves very large, deep-red. Flowers small,
orange-red. Rootstocks very small, conical, with fibrous
roots.
The number of Cannas enumerated is so large that it is
desirable to make a selection from them. A still narrower
selection is indicated by asterisks.
A SELECTION OF CANNAS.
C. Annei
,, -discolor
atronigricans
atropurpurea
*Auguste Ferrier
aurantiaca-splen-
dida
aurantiaca-zebri-
na
* Amelia
Barilletti
Bihorelli
Bonetti
*Chatei-discolor
,, -grandis
Depute Henon
discolor
*excelsa-zebrina
expansa
„ -rubra
C. *elegantissima
rustica
Ferrandii
gigantea
grandiflora-flori-
bunda
iridiflora
,, -hybrida
, , -i-ubra
insignis
* Imperator
*Krelagei discolor
Lavallei
Liliiflora
limbata
macrophylla
musaefolia
maxima
Marechal-Vaillant
* nigricans
. peruviana purpu-
rea
,, robusta
* purpurea specta-
bilis
* Porteana
* picturata-fastuosa
, , -nana
Pie IX.
Premices-de-Nice
Rendatleri
rotundifolia-metal-
lica
, , -rubra
Thibauti
Van-Houttei
zebrina-nana
,, -elegantis-
sima
*Cannabis sativus {Hemp-plant). — A well-known
annual, native of India and Persia, and largely cultivated
in Europe for the sake of its fibre. In ordinary situations
it grows from 4 ft. to 10 ft. high, but in Italy, under very
Carduus — Carex. 109
favourable circumstances, it sometimes grows as high as
20 ft. In plants growing singly the stem is frequently
much branched, but when grown in masses it is generally
straight and unbranched. The leaves are long-stalked,
and composed of from five to seven long, lance-shaped,
sharp-pointed leaflets, radiating from the top of the stalk,
and with the margins cut into sharp saw-like teeth. This
well-known plant is useful where the tenderer subtropical
plants cannot be enjoyed. Single well-grown plants of
it look very imposing and distinct, and are good for the
backs of borders or mixed groups. For these purposes,
it should be sown early in April in the open ground.
To get large plants it would no doubt be worth while
raising it in frames. It loves a warm, sandy loam.
*Carduuse riophorus {Woolly -headed Thistle). —
A remarkably conspicuous native plant, with a much-
branched, furrowed, hairy stem 3 ft. to 5 ft. high, and
very deeply cut and undulated spiny leaves, the lower
ones often 2 ft. long. The flower-heads are very large,
of a purplish-red colour, and surrounded on the under
side with a dense white cottony web. There are few
plants more handsome or novel in appearance than an
established one of this. It is suitable for borders, or
groups of hardy fine-foliaged plants, and grows well in
any ordinary garden-soil. Seed.
*Carex paniculata. — A very large sedge, growing
somewhat like a dwarf tree-fern, with sti ong and thick
stems, and with luxuriant masses of drooping leaves.
The roots form dense elevated tufts, frequently elevated
from one to three feet above the surface of the ground ;
and when the plant is in flower, it generally exhibits
no Subtropical Gardening.
a large and spreading panicle. The leaves are rough
and broad, and the flower-spike from 3 ins. to 6 ins.
long. A few tufts of this are very effective on the
margins of water near groups of picturesque plants.
The finer specimens are of great age, and must be pro-
cured from the bogs where the plant occurs wild.
*Carex pendula. — A very handsome plant, unlike
any of the other British Carices, growing in large round
tufts, with numerous flowering-stems and barren shoots,
which attain a height of from 3 ft. to 6 ft. The leaves
are often 2 ft. or more in length, and are chiefly at the
base of the plant. It is most attractive when in flower,
from the graceful disposition of its pendent spikes, which
are usually about half-a-dozen in number, and each from
4 ins. to 7 ins. in length. Very suitable for the margin of
water or for boggy or moist spots.
*Carlina acaulis. — A hardy perennial, rather inte-
resting from its foliage, which has some resemblance to
the leaves of a miniature
Acanthus, and is disposed
in a broad, handsome, re-
gular rosette very close to
the ground. Its single
yellowish flower, 3 ins. or
more across, is borne on
a very short, erect stalk
in the centre of the ro-
sette. Although too dwarf for association with plants of
more imposing stature, it is well worthy of a place on a
bank or slope, or on the margins of low beds or groups,
where its pleasing aspect and very distinct habit will be
CarJina acaulis.
_ . . .. -'j »^rj
CARFOTA SOBOLIFERA
Tender Palm ; for summer ibe in the southern counties onlv.
Carludovica — Caryota. 1 1 1
seen to best advantage. It thrives best in dry, stony,
calcareous soil, and is easily multiplied by sowing. In
the mountainous districts of France the flowers are
gathered by the inhabitants, and used as a substitute
for artichokes. Central Europe.
Carludovica palmata. — A very ornamental, palm-
like plant, from 4 ft. to 7 ft. high, with rich dark-green
leaves from 2 ft. to 3 ft. broad, and divided into four
lobes, each of which is again divided at the apex into
narrow segments. The leaf-stalks are round, smooth,
and without spines, and are of the same colour as the
leaves. This interesting plant will stand the open air in
summer, from early June till October, but requires warm
house treatment in winter, with plenty of water at all
times. Seed. Peru and New Granada.
Caryota sobolifera. — An elegant Palm, with a
slender stem and shining light-green bipinnate leaves.
The leaf-stalks, when young, are clothed with a short,
black, scaly tomentum. which falls off as the plant grows
older. It is often confounded with C. u?r?is, but may be
easily distinguished from it by the suckers which it pro-
duces very freely from its base. Similar treatment and
uses to those given for C. wens, with which it is of much
the same value for the open garden. Malacca.
Caryota urens. — An East Indian Palm, with a stout
stem, and an elegant crown of spreading bipinnate leaves,
from 3 ft. to 12 ft., or more, in length, of a dark-green
colour, the leaflets being 6 ins. to 9 ins. long by 2 ins. to
4 ins. wide, ^'hen young, it should be potted in equal
parts of loam and vegetable mould, with a little sand ;
the pot to be well drained and water given liberally
ii2 Subtropical Gardening.
during the growing season. It is generally seen in a
small state in this country ; and though it stands the
open air in summer, from June till the end of September,
pretty well, it can never be of much importance for our
open-air gardening.
*Cassia marilandica. — A hardy, graceful perennial,
3t ft. to 5 ft. high, with pinnate leaves, resembling those
of the Acacia, and slender stems, bearing yellow flowers,
in numerous small clusters in autumn. It is somewhat
late in growth, but once commenced, grows with great
rapidity. It thrives best in a position with a south
aspect, and may be multiplied either by division in
spring, or by sowing from April to June. It should
always be planted in a warm, deep, sandy loam, and is
very suitable for borders or association in groups with the
finer hardy subjects, its graceful leaves qualifying it tor a
place in a group of hardy foliage-plants. In naturally
warm, deep, and well-drained soils it will prove a noble
subject for the back parts of borders. N. America.
*Centaurea babylonica. — Among the Centaureas
there are a few subjects which might be used among
hardy fine-leaved plants, but by far the most distinct and
remarkable is the very silvery-leaved C. babylonica. This
is quite hardy, and when planted in good ground, sends
up strong shoots, clad with yellow flowers, to a height of
10 ft. or 12 ft. The bloom, which continues from July
to September, is not by any means so attractive as the
leaves; but the plant is at all times picturesque. In
groups, or, still better, isolated, on rough or undulating
parts of pleasure-grounds, it has a very fine effect. A
free sandy loam suits it best. Seed. Levant.
CENTAL' RE A BABYlv
Coarse herbaceous Section ; for isolation by wood-walks, ett
Centaurea* 113
Centaurea Clementei. — A plant of robust growth
(resembling C. ragusina, but much larger in every part),
with broad crowns of leaves, which are deeply serrated
and cut into lobes. To the elegance of the foliage must
be added its beauty of colouring, the leaf in a young state
being covered with down as white as snow, and when fully
matured and developed still retaining a silvery appear-
ance. This plant, which I first saw in M. Boissier's
garden, near Lausanne, I have no experience of as a
hardy plant in this country; but whatever its value in this
respect may be, there can be no doubt that for the
summer garden it will prove as effective as either C.
gymnocarpa or C. ragusina, both exceptionally fine and
useful plants. The same treatment will suit it.
Centaurea dealbata is a dwarf hardy species
from the Caucasus, with elegant foliage, white under-
neath, and rosy flowers : suitable among dwarf hardy
subjects.
Centaurea gymnocarpa. — A half-shrubby plant
from the South of Europe, nearly 2 ft. high, with hard,
branching, bushy stems, and elegantly cut, arching leaves,
which are covered with a short, whitish-satiny down. A
variety (C. plumosa) has the leaves much more divided,
and not so white. This plant is somewhat hardier than
C. ragusina, but both require greenhouse treatment in
winter. Same soil, positions, and treatment as for C.
ragusina. Useful as this is as an edging or bedding
plant, it is when grown as fine single specimens that its
beauty is most seen.
Centaurea ragusina. — This fine and distinct plant,
which has lately become one of the most popular of our
1
1 14 Subtropical Gardening.
flower-garden ornaments, cannot be passed by in a book
on fine-leaved plants. It is so abundantly used as a bed-
ding and ribbon-plant, etc., that nothing need be said of
it in these respects, but it will be seen to great advan-
tage in single, well-grown tufts or small groups, as its
silvery leaves would contrast finely with many of the dark
green and glossy things recommended for this purpose.
Readily increased by seeds, or by cuttings. Should be
planted out in May. S. Europe.
Chamsedorea. — A family of Mexican palms, with
smooth, fine green stems, resembling those of the bam-
boos, seldom more than 15 ft. or 20 ft. high and 1 in.
or 2 ins. thick, surmounted by tufts of eight or nine pin-
nate or almost entire leaves, nearly 8 ft. in length.
Among the most ornamental species are C. elatior, C.
elegans, and C. Ernesti-Augusti. These elegant palms
may, with advantage, be placed in the open air in early
summer, in sunny but sheltered nooks, and taken in at
the end of September. Their small, elegant heads par-
ticularly fit them for placing here and there among
groups of medium-sized, fine-leaved plants, or among
mixed masses of dahlias, cannas, etc.
*Cham.8speuce diacantha. — A spiny-leaved biennial
of remarkable habit, growing in tufts of six or eight stems,
from 2 ft. to nearly 3 ft. high, which, in the following
season, are terminated by dense, spike-like clusters of
purplish blooms. It requires light, well-drained soil and
a warm position, and should seldom be watered. As the
stems are not produced until the second year, the radical
rosettes of the first year may be advantageously used in
forming edgings, or on the margins of groups, for which
CHAMjEDOREA.
Slender Palm Type ; for placing amidst groups of dwarfer subjects during
the summer months.
Chamcerops. 1 1 5
their light-green, silver-veined leaves are very suitable,
or they may serve to fill a vacant space in the mixed
border. Multiplied by sowing in spring or autumn.
The plants require the shelter of a house in winter,
and are only effective for edgings in the young or rosette
stage.
*Cham8erops excelsa. — A hardy species, with an
erect stem, 20 ft. or 30 ft. high in its native country, and
dark-green, erect, fan-shaped leaves, deeply cut into
narrow segments. The leaf-stalks are from 3 ft. to 6 ft.
lon£, and are enclosed at the base in a dense mass of
rough fibres, and armed at the edges with small, tooth-like
spines. This plant remains out during the winter in the
neighbourhood of Paris, in sheltered positions, the stem
being protected in severe frosts with a covering of
straw, etc., and it is worth a trial in the south with us.
*Cham3srops Fortunei (The Chusan Palm). — This
species is often confounded with C. excelsa, from which,
however, it differs in being of a stouter habit, having
a more profuse matted network of fibres around the
bases of the leaves and crown, the segments of the leaves
much broader, and the leaf-stalks shorter and stouter,
from 1 ft. to 2 ft. long, and quite unarmed. It grows
12 ft. or more in height, and has a handsome, spreading
head of fan-like leaves, which are slit into segments about
half-way down.
It may not be generally known that this palm is per-
fectly hardy in this country. A plant of it in Her
Majesty's gardens at Osborne has stood out for many
winters and attained a considerable height. It is also
placed out at Kew, though protected in winter. On the
1 2
1 1 6 Subtropical Gardening.
water-side of the high mound in the Royal Botanic Gar-
dens, Regent's Park, it is in even better health than at
Kew, though it has not had any protection for years, and
stood the fearfully hard frost of i860. If small plants
of this are procured, it is better to grow them on freely
for a year or two in the greenhouse, and then turn them
out in April, spreading the roots a little and giving them
a deep loamy soil. Plant in a sheltered place, so that
the leaves may not be injured by winds when they grow
up and get large. A gentle hollow, or among shrubs on
the sides of some sheltered glade, will prove the best
place for it. The establishment of a palm among our
somewhat monotonous shrubbery and garden vegetation
is surely worthy of a little trouble, and the precautions
indicated will prove quite sufficient.
Chamserops Palmetto {Palmetto Palm). — This is
a rather slow-growing species, but valuable on account
of its hardiness. It grows to a height of about 15 ft,
and has glaucous or sea-green, fan-shaped leaves, divided
into long narrow segments. The stem is smooth or with-
out prickles. It is a very fine object when planted out ;
and, grown in tubs in a cool house or conservatory, stands
the open air in summer well, and should be put out at
the end of May.
*Chenopodium Atriplicis. — A vigorous-growing
Chinese annual, with an angular, erect, slightly branched,
reddish stem, over 3 ft. in height, the young shoots and
leaves covered with a fine rosy violet powder. The
leaves are very numerous, nearly spoon-shaped, and long-
stalked. This plant is very ornamental in foliage, and
well adapted for planting on grass-plats or grouping with
OPS EXCELS A,
Hardy Palm : best in sheltered positions.
Cineraria — Colca. 1 1 7
other plants in pleasure-grounds. May be treated as a
half-hardy annual.
Cineraria maritima. — A very handsome bushy peren-
nial, with finely-cut leaves, covered on the under side
with a silvery clown. It bears numerous heads of bright
yellow flowers in summer. When the effect of its
foliage only is desired, the flowering-stems should be
pinched off on their first appearance. The plant then
becomes more leafy and more branching. Multiplied
easily by seeds. Useful on the margins of shrubberies,
or isolated on banks, or on the grass of the pleasure-
ground, where it would form an agreeable variety among
the Acanthuses and various other dark-green subjects
recommended for this purpose.
Cineraria Acanthifolia is a fine variety of the pre-
ceding, and well worthy of cultivation.
Cladium Mariscus. — This vigorous native fen-plant
grows from 2 ft. to 6 ft. high, and, when in flower, is
crowned with dense, close, chestnut-coloured panicles,
which are sometimes 3 ft. in length. The radical leaves
are glaucous, rigid, and often 4 ft. long. Worthy of a
place near such subjects as Car ex pcndula or the Typhas
on the margin of water.
Colea Commersonii. — A shrub from Madagascar,
with very large opposite leaves, each consisting of pairs
of oval-obtuse leaflets. This has been used in the sub-
tropical garden at Battersea Park, but it is not likely to
be of any practical importance in our outdoor gardening.
Indeed it must be a very fine plant in this way which
would produce so good an effect as young plants of
Ailantus glandulosa.
1 1 8 Subtropical Gardening.
*Comptonia asplenifolia. — This is a quaint-looking
little shrub, fern-like in leaf and neat in habit. The
leaves are long, and cut into numerous rounded lobes,
somewhat like those of the Ceterach; and the habit
of the shrub is spreading and pleasing. It likes peaty
soil, and may be increased by layers, suckers, or seeds.
It should be used as an isolated specimen on the grass, or
associated with such things as the oak-leaved Hydrangea
and Aralia japoiiica. A very pretty object in the woods
of New Jersey and many other parts of N. America,
where it is called the Sweet Fern. It would be pecu-
liarly appropriate for similar positions in this country,
when we have it plentiful enough to naturalise.
Cordyline indivisa. — A magnificent New Zealand
plant, with a simple stem, from 2 ft. to 5 ft. high, and
well distinguished by its excessively thick and leathery
leaves, which are from 1 ft. to 5 ft. long, and 4 or 5
inches broad, lance-shaped, of a dark shining green colour,
the midrib and veins being of a rich deep orange. The
flowers are white, and very densely crowded, in a large
drooping panicle. This fine greenhouse plant may be
placed out of doors in summer, from the end of May
till October, with a very good effect; best, perhaps,
as an isolated specimen, the pot being sunk in the
grass.
Corypha australis. — A noble Australian palm,
over 30 ft. high in its native country, and forming
a very effective subject for the subtropical garden
in summer, from June till October. The leaves are
nearly circular, often more than 5 ft. broad, of a dark
green colour, very much plaited, and divided round the
Crambe — Cucurbita. 119
edge into narrow segments, and supported by spiny leaf-
stalks, from 6t ft. to nearly 10 ft. long. It requires
abundance of water, and should have a warm, sunny, and
sheltered position. Few places, however, can afford to
have subjects of this character in the open air, except
where there are large conservatories, in which it is a
relief to get more room in summer.
*Crambe cordifolia. — This is unquestionably one of
the finest of perfectly hardy and large-leaved herbaceous
plants. It is as easily grown as the common Seakale —
more easily, if anything ; and in heavy rich ground makes
a splendid head of leaves, surmounted in summer by a
dense spray of very small flowers. In planting it, the
deeper and richer the soil the finer the result. It will
prove a capital thing for any group of fine-leaved hardy
plants, and may also be planted wherever a bold though
low type of vegetation is desired.
There is another species, *C. jimcea, a dwarf kind,
with white flowers and much-branched stems, the rami-
fications of which are very slender and elegant. This is
also effective, but not so valuable as C. cordifolia.
*Cucurbita perennis. — A climbing or trailing plant,
well adapted for covering walls, ruins, trellises, steep
slopes, etc. It is a very vigorous grower, its stems some-
times attaining a length of nearly 40 ft. in one year ; but
it will probably never do this in our climate. The leaves
are strong, rough, and of a glaucous colour • and the
shoots run about freely if the plant be in very rich soil.
Where a bold trailing plant for high trellis-work, or rough
banks, or shaggy rockwork is desired, it will be found
useful ; but withal we cannot give it a place in the front
120 Subtropical Gardening.
rank, and the small select garden without any of the
above-mentioned appendages will certainly be better
without it. For the botanical garden and curious col-
lections it is indispensable. It is strong and lasting
when well established, and may be allowed to trail over
rough places, stumps, or similar positions. The flowers
have a rather strong odour of violets, and are succeeded
by roundish fruit, the size of a small orange, of a
deep green colour barred and speckled with white.
Requires a deep, light soil, and a warm but airy posi-
tion. Seedlings and plants in exposed places should
be covered in winter with litter or leaves. It is easily
multiplied in spring by division of the young tuberous
stems, or by sowing in light, substantial, well-drained
soil from April to July, or in pots in a lukewarm hotbed
in March and April. It has not, so far as I am aware,
fruited in our climate.
Cyathea dealbata. — This very handsome fern, known
in N. Zealand as the Silver Tree-fern, has a slender,
branched, almost black stem, 4 ft. to 8 ft. high, ending
in a fine crown of broadly-oblong twice-divided fronds
of a dark green colour above and milk-white below ; the
rachis and midribs when young are covered with brown
scales, and afterwards with pale deciduous down. This
plant may be placed in the open air, in the southern and
milder districts, during the summer months from the end
of May till the end of September.
Cycas revoluta. — A graceful and well-known plant,
with a very stout stem, sometimes, though rarely, reach-
ing a height of from 6 ft. to 10 ft., from the top of
which issues a beautiful crown of dark green pinnate
CYC AH [very large and old specimen).
Stove Section : suitable for placing in the open air, in warm and sheltered parts of the
country, after a strong growth has been made and matured indoors.
Cynara — Dahlia . 111
leaves, from 2 ft. to 6 ft. long. It is one of the most valu-
able of the greenhouse plants that may be placed in the
open air in summer from the end of May till October, and
is particularly graceful in the centre of a bed of flowering
plants, or isolated with the pot or tub plunged to the rim
in the turf, always in a warm and sheltered position.
Increased by seeds, or by separation of the suckers which
are occasionally thrown up.
*Cynara Scolymus (French Artichoke). — This plant,
although chiefly grown for culinary purposes, possesses
sufficient merit as a foliage-plant to entitle it to a place
amongst ornamental subjects. Its long, deeply-divided
leaves, white and downy beneath, its height (4 ft. to 5 ft.),
its purplish flower-heads, and distinct habit render it very
suitable for planting on the irregular and rougher parts
of pleasure -grounds, grass-plats, etc., which are often
occupied by subjects far less striking.
*Cyperus longus (Galingale). — The stiff, erect,
tapering, triangular stem of this plant, which is from 2 ft.
to 3 ft. high, is crowned by a handsome loose umbellate
panicle of chestnut-coloured flower-spikes, at the base of
which there is an involucrum of three or more unequal
leaves. These are often 1 or 2 feet long, the lower ones
arching gracefully and of a bright shining green, giving
the plant a very distinct and pleasing appearance. The
rootstock is thick and aromatic, and was formerly much
used in medicine as a tonic. A rare native plant, suitable
for the bog-bed or the margin of water.
Dahlia imperialis (Lily-floiuered Dahlia). — The
common Dahlia gives us no more idea of this than the
little vernal Scilla of Britain does of Scilla peruviana.
122 Subtropical Gardening.
The Imperial Dahlia has very large and graceful, much
divided leaves, and flowers of a pure and beautiful French
white, thrown up in a great cone-like mass, and resem-
bling such lilies as L. tigrinum Fortimei, which, instead
of merely developing a head of flowers, shoot up a great
candelabrum laden with them. The flowers of this dahlia
do not, like most of the flowers of composite plants, open
so wide as to stare at you with the brazen look of a sun-
flower, but, on the contrary, hang pendulous and half
open, with some of the modesty of the white lily. There
is little chance of this species producing its flowers in the
open air in this country, but it will, notwithstanding, be
of service both in the flower-garden and conservatory.
Planted in rich soil, and placed in a warm, sheltered
position in the open air at the end of May, it grows well
with us in summer, and, in consequence of its large and
graceful leaves, is an ornament worthy of being used as a
"fine-foliaged" or "subtropical " plant. Just at the time
that it begins to gather together its flowering energies the
best of our season fails, and the plant must soon fail too,
if not immediately taken up and placed in a well-lighted
and warm greenhouse. If plunged out in a large pot or
tub during the summer, it may be taken up without injury,
and will in all probability flower under glass in the autumn,
and prove a magnificent ornament. We should have very
small hopes of its flowering well if planted out so that its
great roots must be mutilated when being taken up, and
therefore the safe way will be to pot it in a very large pot,
and plunge that in the ground. The roots would pro-
bably go through the pot and enter the ground, but the
main mass of them could be taken up without disturbance,
TREE FE'RN
For half-shady sheltered dells, in warmer and milder districts, during
the summer months.
Datisca — Diccntra . 123
and then it could if necessary be shifted into a larger pot
or small tub.
*Datisca cannabina. — A distinct and gracefully-
habited herbaceous plant from 4 ft. to 6 ft. high. The
long stems are clothed with large and handsome pinnate
leaves, and the yellowish-green inflorescence appears
towards the end of summer. The male plant has long
been known as a very strong, graceful, and effective
herb. The female plant, however, remains green much
longer than the male, and when profusely laden with
fruit, each shoot droops and the whole plant improves in
aspect. It should not be forgotten in any selection of
hardy plants of free growth and imposing aspect. From
seed will probably be found the best way to raise it, and
then one would be pretty sure of securing plants of both
sexes.
Dicksonia antarctica. — A very noble evergreen
tree-fern, with a stout trunk, which varies considerably in
thickness, and attains a height of 30 ft. or more. The
fronds, which form a magnificent crown 20 ft. or 30 ft.
across, are lance-shaped, much divided, of a shining dark
green on the upper surface, and paler underneath, from
6 ft. to 20 ft. long, beautifully arched, and becoming
pendulous with age. Perhaps the hardiest of tree-ferns,
and therefore most suitable for placing in the open air in
summer in sheltered shady dells, from the middle of May
to the beginning of October.
*Dicentra (Dielytra) eximia. — A plant with dense
and very graceful foliage, far more so than any other
member of the order in cultivation ; and valuable as a
flowering plant too, as the brightly-coloured flowers
124 Subtropical Gardening.
remain on for a long time in spring and early summer.
It generally grows from 12 ins. to 16 ins. high, forming
thick, almost pyramidal, tufts of pale green, glaucescent,
deeply-divided leaves, and bearing handsome drooping
clusters of large, rose-coloured flowers, often flowering
twice in the year. Although not absolutely necessary, it
will be all the better to plant it in light soil. Multiplied
by division of the tufts in spring. It should be associated
with dwarf subjects like Thalidrum minus, or be used on
the margins of mixed beds of fine-leaved hardy plants.
*Dimorphanthus mandschurieus. — A magnificent
hardy shrub of erect habit, with very large, much-divided,
spiny leaves, which very much resemble those of the
Angelica-tree of North America, and in this country at-
taining a height of 6 ft. to 10 ft., which it will probably
much exceed when well established in favourable positions.
It is certainly the most remarkable fine-foliage shrub
that has been introduced into our gardens for years, and
is therefore of the highest importance for the subtropical
garden. As to its treatment, it seems to thrive with the
greatest vigour in a well-drained deep loam, and would
grow well in ordinary garden soil. As to position, isola-
tion in some sheltered but sunny spot will show it to
great advantage ; but it may also be grouped with like
subjects, always allowing space for the spread of its great
leaves.
*Dipsacus sylvestris. — A rather singular-looking
hardy native plant, 5 ft. to 6 ft. high, with a prickly, leafy,
branching stem, and longish opposite leaves joined
together at their bases. The flowers are of a pretty
purplish rose-colour, and are borne in conical heads 3 ins.
)fc£V **# „
s ..: \
Hardy deciduous shrub Section.
Draccrna. 125
or more in length. Suited for the embellishment of
rough, uneven ground, and will grow well in almost any-
kind of soil. Still more desirable than the foregoing is
D. lac'uiiatus, a native of France, the leaves of which are
fringed with silky hairs instead of spines, and which has
always whitish flowers. Both these plants are biennials,
and are easily raised from seed.
THE DRACAENAS.
Long as this noble family has been known in our gardens,
we have yet to learn a great deal about its use and beauty.
Hitherto only allowed to grace a stove or conservatory
now and then, the Dracaenas in future will be among the
indispensable ornaments of every garden where grace or
variety is sought. They are among the very best of those
subjects which may be brought from the conservatory or
greenhouse in early summer, and placed in the flower-
garden till it is time to take them in again to the houses
in which they are to pass the winter months. And if it
were not necessary to protect them through the winter, it
would be almost worth our while to bring them indoors
at that season, so graceful are they, and so useful for
adding the highest character to our conservatories. The
hardier and most coriaceous kinds, like indivisa and
Draco, may be placed out with impunity very far north.
The brightly coloured kinds, like D. tcrminalis, have
been tried in the open air at Battersea, but not with
success. It would be dangerous to try them in the open
air much farther north, except in very favourable spots.
The better kinds are indicated in the select list of sub-
126 Sztb tropical Gardening.
tropical plants. D. indivisa grows well in the open air in
the south of England and Ireland.
Dracaena australis. — A fine plant, with a stout,
branched stem, from 10 ft. to 40 ft. high, and oblong,
lance-shaped, bright green leaves, from 2 ft. to 3 ft. in
length and 2 ins. to 4 ins. in breadth, striated with numerous
parallel veins. Flowers white, densely crowded, sweet-
scented, f in. across; but these are rarely produced
except in large houses in botanic or other gardens, where
there are old or well-established specimens. This is a
useful conservatory species, and may be used out of doors
in summer, like D. indivisa, though it is not quite so
graceful. This plant is of very easy culture in ordinary
soil.
Dracaena cannaefolia.— A very fine species from
New Holland, with a tall stem, and leaves from 20 ins. to
2 ft. long, the sides of which are rolled inwards, so as to
form a kind of pipe, of a fine sea-green colour, and sup-
ported on stalks a foot or more in length. This is a
valuable species for warm greenhouse or conservatory use,
and also for placing out of doors in the southern counties,
though it thrives best indoors.
Dracsena Draco {Dragon tree of Teneriffe). — A
large and vigorous species, native of the Canary Islands,
where it attains a great height and age ; the now perished
Dragon-tree at Orotava in Teneriffe having grown, ac-
cording to Meyen, "70 ft. high and 48 ft. in circum-
ference, with an antiquity which must at least be greater
than that of the Pyramids." In this country it is seldom
seen more than ic ft. high. The stem is tree-like, simple
or divided at the top, and often, when old, becoming
D racer na. 127
much branched, each branch terminated by a crowded
head of lanceolate-linear entire leaves of a glaucous
green colour. The flowers form a large terminal panicle,
and are individually small and of a greenish-white colour.
This plant is more graceful and effective when in a young
state, in which it usually occurs in our gardens, than when
old and branched. It thrives well in the greenhouse or
conservatory, and in the midland and southern counties
may be placed in the open air from the end of May to
October, while it is a fine object indoors at all seasons.
It is of very easy culture in sandy loam, and requires
plenty of pot room.
*Drac3ena indivisa. — A very graceful plant, with
leaves from 2 ft. to 4 ft. long, and 1 in. to 2 ins. in breadth,
tapering to a point, pendent, and dark green. It should
not be confounded with the conservatory plant known as
Cordylinc indivisa, which is too tender to succeed well
in the open air, and somewhat difficult to grow. This
species, on the contrary, is perfectly hardy in the south
of England and Ireland. I saw good specimens of it at
Bicton a few years ago, and quite recently as far north
as Woodstock, in the county Kilkenny, in Ireland ; a
plant also stood out in a vase for several years in Mr. A.
M'Kenzie's garden at Muswell Hill, N. D. indivisa
lineata is a very fine variety, the leaves of which are
much broader than those of the type, measuring some-
times 4 ins. across, and coloured with reddish pink at the
sheathing base. Other good varieties are D. indivisa
atro-purpurea, which has the base of the leaf and the
midrib on the under side of a dark purple ; and D. indi-
visa Veitchii, in which the habit and size of the leaf are
128 Subtropical Gardening.
the same as in the species, but in addition it has a sheath-
ing base and the midrib on the under side is of a beautiful
deep red. It would be difficult to find a plant more
worthy of cultivation than this. Where it does well in
the garden or pleasure-ground in the southern parts, it
surpasses any Yucca or other hardy plant that I know
in respect of distinctness and tropical-looking grace ; and,
this being the case, there can be little need to plead for
it to the many who have gardens in the counties south
of London. In all districts it may be placed in the
open garden in summer with fine effect, the rim of the
pots plunged level with, or a little below, the surface, and
the plants either isolated on the turf, in the centre of a
bed of flowering plants, or grouped with other fine-leaved
subjects. In the conservatory it is one of the most
effective and graceful subjects at all seasons, and is of
very easy culture in rich sandy loam.
The Draccenas are a very numerous family, and many
more might be described • but most of the other kinds
have not been proved to possess any excellence for the
flower-garden, while those enumerated are abundantly
sufficient to represent the aspect of this graceful and
stately family.
Echeveria metallica. — This is scarcely high enough
to be suitable for association with the taller plants, but
it is so very distinct in aspect, and has been proved to
grow so well in the open air during several unfavourable
seasons, that I must not pass it by. I purposely ex-
clude from this book many things sometimes found in
lists of " subtropical " plants, but which may be classed
most properly with bedding subjects. But this, although
Echinops — Elymus. 1 29
not very large, forms an agreeable and distinct object,
and is very well calculated for producing a striking effect
among dwarf bedding and edging plants. It may be
propagated by the leaves, by cuttings, or by seeds, and
requires a dry greenhouse-shelf in the winter. Light
sandy earth, not of necessity very poor, will suit it best
in the open air. It will prove very effective on the mar-
gins of beds and groups of the dwarfer foliage-plants, or
here and there among hardy succulents, and should be
planted out about the middle of May.
*Echinops ruthenicus. — A hardy ornamental plant
from S. Russia, with stems 3 or 4 feet high, much branched
in the upper part, and covered with a silvery down.
The leaves are deeply toothed and spiny, of a dark
green above, white and cottony underneath. The flowers
are blue, and borne in almost spherical heads on the tops
of the erect branches. The plant flourishes best in a
calcareous soil, but will do well in almost any well-drained
ground. Easily multiplied by seed, division of the tufts,
or by cuttings of the roots in spring. This is the most
ornamental of its distinct family, and is highly suitable for
grouping with the finer herbaceous plants. It would also
look remarkably bold and well if isolated on the turf.
*Elymus arenarius. — This wild British grass — a
strong-rooting and most distinct-looking herb — is capable
of adding a striking feature to the garden here and there,
and should be quickly introduced into cultivation. Planted
a short distance away from the margin of a shrubbery, or
on a bank on the grass, and allowed to have its own way
in deep soil, it makes a most striking object. In short,
it deserves to rank high among really hardy fine grasses,
K
130 Subtropical Gardening.
the Pampas and the two Arundos alone surpassing it. I am
not quite certain that it is not more useful than the
Arundo, being hardy in all parts of these islands. In
very good soil it will grow 4 feet high ; and as it is for the
leaves we should cultivate it, if the flowers are removed
they will be no loss. It is found frequently on our
shores, but more abundantly in the north than in the
south. The variety called geniculates, which has the
spike pendulous, is also worthy of culture, and in its case
the flowers may prove worth preserving. It may possibly
be useful for covert, and is certainly so for rough spots
in the pleasure-ground and in semi-wild places.
*Elymus condensatus (Bunch grass). — A vigorous
perennial grass from British Columbia, forming a dense,
compact, column-like growth, more than 8 ft. in height,
covered from the base almost to the top with long arch-
ing leaves, and crowned in the flowering season with
numerous erect, rigid spikes, each 6+ ins. long, and re-
sembling an elongated ear of wheat in form. It is a
very ornamental plant, and may be associated with our
largest grasses. A very distinct variety has been raised
in the Edinburgh Royal Botanic Gardens, in which the
spikes or ears are much shorter and broader than those
of the original form. For this the name Elymus conden-
satus compactus has been suggested.
Entelea arborescens. — A small, branching, light-
wooded tree. 5 to 10 ft. high, with large, alternate, heart-
shaped or three-lobed leaves covered with stellate down,
and white flowers, somewhat like those of a small dog-
rose, borne in umbels on the ends of a branching panicle.
It is peculiar to New Zealand, and is the only species
Epimcdiitm — Equisetum. 13 1
of the genus. This used to grow satisfactorily in the
Paris gardens, but I have no experience of it in this
country. It will require greenhouse treatment in winter,
and is of but secondary importance for open-air culture.
*Epimedium pinnatum. — A hardy dwarf peren-
nial from Asia Minor, from 8 ins. to 2^ ft. high, forming
handsome tufts of long-stalked radical pinnate leaves,
and bearing long clusters of yellow flowers. The hand-
some leaves remain on the plant until the new ones
appear in the ensuing spring. It is not a good plan
to remove them, as they serve to shelter the buds of
the new leaves during the winter, and the plants flower
much better when they are allowed to remain. Cool,
moist, peaty soil, and a slightly-shaded position, will be
found most suitable for this, and the novel appearance
of its foliage claims a place for it among the dwarfer
plants, groups of fine-foliaged hardy herbaceous subjects,
Mahonias, etc.
*Equisetum Telmateia (Giant Horse-tail). — A
British plant of very noble port and much grace of cha-
racter when well-developed, growing from 3 ft. to 6 ft.
high in favourable soil and positions. The stem is fur-
nished from top to bottom with spreading whorls of
slender, slightly drooping, quadrangular branches ; the
whole forming a pyramidal outline of very distinct and
pleasing effect. It is a highly ornamental subject for
planting in the hardy fernery, the artificial bog, shady
peat borders, near cascades, or among shrubs growing
best in moist hollows in vegetable soil. Multiplied by
division.
*Equisetum sylvaticum is another native Horse-tail
k 2
lyi
Subtropical Gardening.
of much dwarfer size, but of the most exquisite grace when
grown ; the stem standing from 8 to 15 inches high, and
well covered with numerous slender, spreading, or deflexed
compound branches. Very suitable for rockwork, mar-
gins of ornamental water, or any of the positions in which
E. Telmateia may be grown. It also does well and
looks very graceful when grown in pots in a cold frame.
Multiplied by division.
*Erianthus Ravennse. — A highly ornamental grass
from S. Europe, somewhat like the Pampas grass in
habit, but smaller in size,
and frequently having vi-
olet-tinged leaves. The
flowering-stems grow from
5 ft. to (y\ ft. high ; but as
it only flowers with us in
a very warm season, it
must be valued for its
foliage alone. Its dense
and handsome tufts thrive
well in light, dry, calca-
reous soil, in positions
with a south aspect. It
thrives but poorly on cold
soils, and will probably
not grow well north of London except in peculiarly
favourable positions, and in well-drained free loams. It
is fitted for association with such grasses as Arundo
conspicua. Multiplied by division of the tufts in spring
or autumn.
*Eryngmm alpinum.— A singular-looking plant,
Erianthus Ravennae.
Ery 'ii gin m — Eryth fin a. 133
from 2 ft. to nearly 3 ft. high, forming a rather stiff bush.
with leathery and very spiny leaves of a sea-green colour,
and bearing numerous roundish heads of bluish flowers,
the stems beneath them being also of a very handsome
blue for some inches down. Suitable for planting in the
wilder parts of pleasure-grounds, for isolation, for borders,
or grouping with the finest and most distinct subjects.
*Eryngium amethystinum is not so tall as the pre-
ceding, seldom growing more than 2^ ft. high. It is re-
markable for the beautiful amethystine bloom which the
leaves assume in July, and which they preserve until the
approach of frost. It is suitable for the positions recom-
mended for the preceding kind. Various other members
of this family are useful in like manner ; indeed there is
not one of them that is not so, including our own com-
mon Sea Holly, E. maritimum.
*Erythrina. — These are very beautiful trees or shrubs,
pretty generally distributed through the tropics of both
hemispheres. Some attain great dimensions, while others
are dwarf bushes with woody rootstocks, and a few have
the stems and leaf-stalks beset with prickles. The leaves
are trifoliate, with long stalks, and the leaflets oval, lance-
shaped, or triangular. Many of the species produce
beautiful large pea-flowers, usually of a blood-red or
scarlet colour, in terminal racemes. The varieties of
these have proved very hardy and useful in the summer
garden, flowering freely, and showing considerable beauty
of foliage. Two round beds, each of 9 ft., and one
oblong bed, 42 ft. by 5 ft., including E. ornata, Marie
Bclanger, laurifolia, crista-galli, profusa, Madame Be-
Ianger, r uberrima, Henderson/, stood out last winter un-
134 Subtropical Gardening.
injured in Battersea Park; and, as many people know,
the common old Erythrina crista-galli will thrive for
years against a warm south wall in a warm soil, if pro-
tected about the root in winter.
Eucalyptus. — Handsome Australian trees and shrubs,
of which there are a vast number of species, many grow-
ing to an immense height. The leaves are of a thick
leathery texture, always quite entire, and very variable in
shape. In young plants they are opposite, heart-shaped,
pointed, and covered with a glaucous bloom ; as they
grow older, they become alternate and sickle-shaped, the
stalks acquiring a peculiar twist, so that the leaves pre-
sent their edges to the branches. The most hardy kinds
are E. globulus and E. Gttmii. Other kinds, however,
will no doubt be found sufficiently hardy. These are
most likely to be attractive in the south of England and
Ireland, where a few of the species will be found to
thrive in the open air, as the peculiarly distinct and
graceful habit of the trees is not observed till they are
12 ft. or more above the ground. Nevertheless some
may grow them for the aspect they present after a single
year's growth in the open air about London, in which
case they should be put out about the middle of May.
I was very much struck with their graceful and singular
appearance in California, where they are being planted
in great variety.
Farfugium grande. — A very vigorous-growing per-
ennial, with thick fleshy stems, from i ft. to nearly 2 ft.
high, and broad, cartilaginous, almost heart-shaped leaves,
of a light-green colour, variously streaked, and spotted
with yellow in one variety, and with white and rose-
Farfugium — Ferdinanda .
OD
colour in another. It flourishes best in free, substantial,
moist soil which contains a large proportion of vegetable
mould, and in a half-shady position. During the heats of
summer it will require frequent watering. At the ap-
proach gf winter it should be removed to the conserva-
tory or cool greenhouse, except in the southern and
milder districts, where it survives an ordinary winter.
In the colder parts of the country it is scarcely worth
planting out, it grows so slowly; but where it thrives
it is very ornamental in borders, isolated, or near the
margin of beds. Multiplied by division in spring ; the
offsets to be potted and kept in the propagating-house
or in a frame until they are well rooted.
Ferdinanda eminens. — This is one of the tallest
and noblest subtropical plants, growing well in the
southern and midland counties when it is supplied with
rich soil and abundant moisture. It is also very much
the better for being sheltered. Where the soil is rich,
deep, and humid, and the position warm, it attains large
dimensions, sometimes growing over 12 ft. high, and sus-
pending pairs of immense opposite leaves. It will in all
cases form a capital companion to the Castor-oil plant,
and, though it may not be grown with ease in all parts,
it should be in every collection. It requires to be
planted out, in a young state, about the middle of May,
and grows freely from cuttings. Greenhouse treatment
will do in winter. It is better to keep a stock in pots
through the summer to afford cuttings, though the old
ones may be used for that purpose.
136 Subtropical Gardening.
* FERULAS.
I wish it were not necessary to write in praise of such
very fine plants as these, so noble in aspect and beautiful
in leaf. If 2000 kinds of herbaceous plants are grown,
the first things that show clearly above the ground in the
very dawn of spring (even in January) are their deep-
green and most elegant leaves. In good garden soil they
look like masses of Leptopteris superba, that most exqui-
site of ferns. Their chief charm will probably be found
to consist in their furnishing masses of the freshest green
and highest grace in early spring. The leaf is apt to
lose some of its beauty and fade away early in autumn,
but this may to some extent be retarded by cutting out
the flower-bearing shoots the moment they appear. Not
that these are ugly ; for, on the contrary, the plants are
fine and striking when in flower. It is indispensable
that the Ferulas, like some other hardy foliage -plants, be
planted permanently and well at first, as it is only when
they are thoroughly established that you get their full
effect. At a first view, the best way to treat them would
appear to be so to arrange them that they would be suc-
ceeded by things that flower in autumn, and only begin
their rich growth in early summer ; but it will be equally
wise to plant them near the margin of a shrubbery, or
wherever it is desired to have a diversified and bold type
of vegetation. We may look forward to the day when a
far greater variety of form will be seen in English gardens
than is at present observable, and these Ferulas are
thoroughly well worth growing for their superb spring
and early summer effect. The best species are F. com-
FER rNIS.
Graceful herbaceous Type ; dying down towards the end of summer, and therefore mosl
% desirable for isolation near the margins of shrubberies, etc.
Ferula. 137
munis and tingitana. Probably a few others, including
F. glauca, ncapolitana, nodiflora, asparagifolia, Ferulago.
and persica, may with advantage be added where much
variety is sought, but the effect of any of the first three
cannot be surpassed. Among the " aspects of vegetation"
which we may enjoy in these cold climes, nothing equals
that of their grand leaves, pushing up with the snowdrop.
In semi-wild spots, where spring flowers abound, it will
prove a most tasteful and satisfactory plan to drop a
Ferula here and there in a sunny spot, and leave it to
nature and its own good constitution afterwards. In
general aspect these plants are much alike ; it is better,
however, to describe some of them individually.
*Ferula asparagifolia. — An ornamental perennial,
4 ft. or 5 ft. high, with very graceful and finely-cut leaves,
the radical ones 1 ft. to 2 ft. long (including the leaf-
stalk), repeatedly subdivided : the divisions very narrow,
linear, pointed, and set with hairs ; the upper stem-leaves
are reduced to short sheaths, the lowest of which bear
a short pinnate limb.
*Ferula communis. — A very fine and striking hardy
perennial, growing from 6 ft. to 10 ft. or more high, with
much-divided, spreading, shining green leaves, repeatedly
subdivided into linear, flaccid segments ; the lower leaves
spreading more than 2 ft. each way ; the sheaths of the
upper leaves very large.
*Ferula Ferulago. — A very ornamental kind, with
striped stems, 6 ft. to 8 ft. high, and much-divided leaves,
with divided spreading leaflets, which are nearly as broad
as those of F. tingitana, but longer, and of a darker
green.
138 Subtropical Gardening.
*Ferula glauca. — A valuable and imposing foliage-
plant, 4 ft. to 6 ft. or more high, with very much divided
leaves, shining above, glaucous beneath, cut into long,
linear, flat segments. The stalks of the upper leaves are
widened above.
*Ferula persica. — A hardy perennial from Persia
and the Caucasus, with a glaucous stem from 3 ft. to 6 ft.
high, tapering gradually upwards, and very handsome,
much-divided leaves, with rather distant lance-shaped
leaflets, widening and toothed or cut at the apex.
Flowers in umbels, without any general or partial involu-
crum. This plant is easily distinguished by its strong
asafoetida odour, and requires warm sandy soil.
*Ferula tingitana. — A very noble plant, from 6 ft.
to 8 ft. high, with a stout stem and very glistening leaves,
which are broader than those of any other species, and
repeatedly subdivided into oblong or lance-shaped
deeply-toothed segments.
Ficus Chauvieri. — A noble species, with a faultless
habit, which does well in the open air, and is the best
kind after F. elastica. The leaves are oval-obtuse in out-
line, of a very dark glistening green, with pale-yellow
veins, and usually have one or more large undulations
on the margin. Useful for the same purposes as the
following species.
Ficus elastica {India-rubber Plant). — This is one
of those valuable leathery-leaved things that are useful in
hothouse, drawing-room, or flower-garden. It not only
exists in the open air in summer in good health, but
makes a good growth under the influence of our weak
northern sun. Never assuming the imposing proportions
Fiats — Fuchsia .
:39
of other plants mentioned herein, it is best adapted for
select mixed groups, and, in small gardens, as isolated
specimens amongst
low bedding plants.
It will best enjoy
stove treatment in
winter, and is propa-
gated from cuttings.
It should be put out
at the end of May.
In all cases it is bet-
ter to use plants with
single stems.
*Fuchsia. — The
Fuchsia, one of the
most beautiful orna-
ments of the garden
when well grown, is
comparatively rarely
seen in our flower-
gardens. It is to be
regretted that this is
the case, for assuredly
there is nothing in cultivation more calculated to improve
the aspect of things therein. Not showy in mass of
flower, like many things common enough now, it is of the
highest order of beauty; while the drooping habit of
the shoots of most kinds gives the plant a grace which is
valuable indeed, and which no flower-garden should be
without. Even in dwarf lines, where this drooping ten-
dency is not seen to such advantage, or, it may be, pre-
Ficus elastica.
140 Subtropical Gardening.
sents a disadvantage, the Fuchsia is very valuable ; but it
is when we use plants with rather tall stems or pyramids
that the full beauty of the Fuschia as a flower-garden plant
is seen. And the right way to manage them is to make
them as far as possible produce all their growth in the
open air. That is the secret : start them, nurture them,
and make them full of leaves and strong young growth in
the spring, so as to go out strong, and most likely you
will find them very disappointing indeed ; but keep them
back and do not let them burst forth into leaf until put
in the open air in May, and they will then go on and
retain all the strength they gather, suspending quantities
of graceful blossoms until the leaves have deserted the
trees, when they should be taken up and put in a dry
cave, cellar, or shed for the winter. In a cool position
of that kind it would not be difficult to " keep them
back " in spring. And supposing they seemed inclined
to push forth too much before the time had quite arrived
when it would be convenient or desirable to put them in
the flower-garden, there should be no difficulty in placing
them in some quiet, sheltered nook, where they might
receive more protection than in the flower-garden proper,
and yet have full opportunity to make growth in the open
air — the great point to be attained. The freest and
hardiest kinds should be chosen for this purpose. In
many places refuse plants may be turned to good account
in this way. Given a lot of specimen Fuchsias — arrived,
perhaps, at that stage when they must be parted with to
make way for younger plants and newer kinds — nothing
is simpler than to make of these standards for the flower-
garden, by cutting away the lower and middle side
Funkia — Geranium. 1 4 1
shoots, and leaving the head to form a standard. Their
exceptional grace when placed among fine foliage-plants
induces me to allude to them here.
*Funkia Sieboldiana. — A Japanese plant, remarkable
for the elegance of its leaves, which are large, broadly
heart-shaped, of a greyish-green colour, slightly undu-
lating, and finely marked with regular lines of pro-
minent ribs. The flowers are of a light lilac or bluish
colour, and are borne in a drooping unilateral cluster at
the extremity of a leafless stem 1 ft. or 16 ins. high.
Thrives best in a light, cool, sandy soil in a sheltered
half-shady position. It will also thrive well in peat.
Multiplied by division of the tufts in autumn, once in
three or four years. Useful among the dwarfer herbaceous
plants, etc., and occasionally as a groundwork in beds of
shrubs with fine foliage.
*Galega officinalis. — A handsome, hardy, and vigo-
rous-growing plant, 3 ft. to 5 ft. high, forming graceful
tufts of pinnate leaves, and flowering abundantly and for
a long time ; the flowers are of a pale blue, in long, dense
clusters or spikes. Although it will grow in almost any
soil, it does best in a deep, free, moist, sandy clay. This
not uncommon herbaceous plant is alluded to here in
consequence of its graceful leaves, which fit it for taking
a part in the groups of handsome hardy subjects so often
suggested in this book.
Geranium anemonsefolium. — A handsome perennial
from Madeira, with a simple, woody, erect stem 1 ft. to
1 4 ins. in height, covered with dry scales. The leaves, which
are of a bright green, smooth, and very much divided, are
chiefly collected at the base of the plant, from which they
142 Subtropical Gardening.
extend horizontally onstalks from 20 ins. to 2 ft. long.
The flowers are very numerous, and of a lilac rose-colour.
It is a highly ornamental plant both in foliage and flower,
and may be used with good effect grouped with com-
paratively dwarf kinds, or occasionally as an edging to
tall subjects. It is best raised in frames and put out
early in May. Multiplied by seed, which it yields
freely.
*Gynerium argenteum {Pampas grass). — This
fine plant is so well known that there is no excuse for
naming it here, except the opportunity to say a few words
as to the splendid use we may make of it in the branch
of gardening we are now discussing. It deserves as much
attention as any plant in cultivation, and yet how rarely
is any thorough preparation made for its perfect develop-
ment. What is there growing in garden or in wild more
nobly distinct and beautiful than the great silvery plumes
of this plant waving in the autumnal gusts — the burial
plumes as it were of our summer too early dead ? What
tender plant so effective as this in giving a new aspect of
vegetation to our gardens, if it be tastefully placed and
well grown ? Long before it flowers it possesses more
merit for its foliage and habit than scores of things cul-
tivated indoors for their effect — Dasylirions, etc., for
example — and it would be well worthy of being extensively
used if one of its silken-crested wands were never put forth
in autumn. It is not enough to place it in out-of-the-way
spots, but the general scene of every garden and pleasure-
ground should be influenced by it. It should be planted
even far more extensively than it is at present, and given
very deep and good soil either natural or made. The
Giani hard) evergreefi ornamental Grass.
Gynerium — Gunner a. 1 43
soils of very many gardens are insufficient to give it the
highest degree of strength and vigour, and no plant better
repays for a thorough preparation, which ought to be
the more freely given when it is considered that one
preparation suffices for many years. If convenient, give
it a somewhat sheltered position in the flower-garden, so
as to prevent as much as possible that ceaseless searing
away of the foliage which occurs wherever the plant is
much exposed to the breeze. We rarely see such fine
specimens as in quiet nooks where it is pretty well
sheltered by the surrounding vegetation. It is very
striking to come upon noble specimens in such quiet
green nooks ; but, as before hinted, to leave such a mag-
nificent plant out of the flower-garden proper is a decided
mistake. Seed and division.
*Gunnera scabra. — Mr. Darwin met with this in a
region where the vegetation is so luxuriant that the
branches of the trees extend over the sea, somewhat like
those of a shrubbery of evergreens over a gravel walk.
" I one day noticed growing on the sandstone cliffs some
very fine plants of the Panke {Gunnera scabra), which
somewhat resembles the rhubarb on a gigantic scale.
The inhabitants eat the stalks, which are sub-acid, and
tan leather with the roots, and prepare a black dye from
them. The leaf is nearly circular, but deeply indented
on its margin. I measured one which was nearly 8 ft. in
diameter, and therefore no less than 24 ft. in circum-
ference ! The stalk is rather more than a yard high, and
each plant sends out four or five of these enormous leaves,
presenting altogether a very noble appearance." Of a
spot in the same neighbourhood he says : " The forest
144 Subtropical Gardening.
was so impenetrable that no one who has not beheld it
can imagine so entangled a mass of dying and dead
trunks. I am sure that often for more than ten minutes
together our feet never touched the ground, and we were
frequently ten or fifteen feet above it ; so that the seamen,
as a joke, called out the soundings !" Yet I have grown
this plant to great size in a cold British bog. Mr. Darwin
does not speak of the inflorescence, which is more
remarkable than the leaves. The little flowers and seeds
are seated densely on conical fleshy masses a few inches
long, and these in their turn being seated as densely as
they can be packed on a thick stem, the whole has the
appearance of a compound cone a couple of feet high (on
strong plants), very heavy, and perhaps the oddest-look-
ing thing ever seen in the way of fructification. This
great spike springs from the root itself, the leaves also
springing from the root, as in the case of the rhubarbs.
I had two plants in a wet peat bog — one in deep rich
soil, with the crown well raised above the level, and
the whole protected under a couple of barrowloads of
leaf mould ; the other left exposed, and not allowed any
particularly good soil. Both plants survived the severest
winters, but the protected and well-fed one grew much
the larger. The leaves of the larger plant used some-
times to grow 4 ft. in diameter, the texture being of extra-
ordinary thickness and rugosity. I have, however, in the
Royal Gardens at Kew, seen it grown to a larger size
than that. The bottom there is the reverse of bog, while
the situation is warmer and more sheltered than where
I grew it. But the Kew people met its wants very
cleverly, by building a little bank of turf around it, so
G-UNNERA SCABRA.
Hardy herbaceous Section ; attaining huge dimensions in deep, rich, moist soil.
Gunner a — Gymnocladus. 1 45
as to admit of its absorbing a thorough dose of water now
and then, while in winter it was protected with dry leaves
and a piece of tarpaulin. Similar protection, plenty of
water in summer, and a warm and sheltered position, are
all that are necessary for success with this very striking
subject. It is not difficult to obtain, and may be raised
from seed, though that is a slow way. It should be
planted in some isolated spot, and not as a rule in the
" flower-garden proper," as it must not be disturbed after
being well planted, and would associate badly with the
ordinary occupants of the parterre. The plant cannot
have too much sun or warmth, but makes little progress
if its huge leaves are torn by storms. In places with any
diversity of surface it will be easy to select a spot well
open to the sun and yet sheltered by surrounding objects
(shrubs, clumps, etc.). The figure shows more the habit of
the plant than the character of its huge compound fleshy
spike, on which the small seeds are thickly scattered.
*Gymnocladus canadensis (Kentucky Coffcc-trcc).
— A remarkable hardy forest tree, which, kept in a young
state, will furnish a fine head of foliage. It has twice-
divided leaves, the leaflets of which stand vertically. On
young trees the leaves are more than 3 ft. long, and on
subjects confined to a single stem and cut down every
year they would prove even larger than that. It grows
wild in Canada, but more abundantly and larger in Ken-
tucky and Tennessee, where it used to be employed as a
substitute for coffee — hence the common name. It loves
a rich deep soil, and is propagated by seeds and cuttings
of the roots. It will prove very suitable for planting in
similar positions to those recommended for the Ailantus.
146 Subtropical Gardening.
Hedychium Gardnerianum. — A stove herbaceous
plant from the East Indies, growing from 3! ft. to 6£ ft.
high, with broadly lance-shaped clasping leaves in two
rows, and bearing, in autumn, lemon-coloured flowers with
a strong Jonquille perfume, in terminal spikes nearly a
foot long. Another species, H. aurantiacum, has hand-
some orange flowers. These handsome plants may have
been seen flowering in the open air in the gardens at
Battersea Park, very pleasing and effective in shady nooks
— not planted out but kept in the pots in which they were
grown. They should be put out about the end of May.
*Helianthus animus {Sim-flow a-). — This common
and familiar annual plant may be usefully employed in
adorning the rougher parts of pleasure-grounds in warm
positions, where it will thrive to best advantage. Although
very hardy and capable of being grown in almost any
soils, it prefers those that are substantial and free.
*Helianthus orgyalis. — A very distinct-looking hardy
plant, growing 6 ft. or 8 ft. high. Its distinctiveness arises
from the fact that the leaves are recurved in a peculiarly
graceful manner. At the top of the shoots, indeed, their
aspect is most striking, from their springing up in great
profusion and then bending gracefully down. It will
form a capital subject for groups of fine-leaved, hardy
plants, or for isolation by wood-walks, etc. As it is apt
to come up rather thickly, the cultivator will act judiciously
by thinning out the shoots when very young, so that
those which remain may prove stronger and better
furnished with leaves. N. America.
*Hemerocallis fulva. — This is one of those fine old
plants formerly grown in almost every garden, but which
HE RAGLE UM
Coarse herbaceous Type ; foliage perishing late in summer.
Hemerocallis — Heracleum . 1 47
has latterly sunk into unmerited neglect, as from its luxu-
riance, the height of its stem (nearly 4 ft.), and its fine,
large, tawny-orange flowers, it well deserves a place
among vigorous and striking subjects. It is thoroughly
hardy and will thrive in almost any soil, but comes to
greatest perfection in that which is deep, substantial,
and moist, and in almost any position. Multiplied by
dividing the tufts once in three or four years in autumn
when the leaves are withered, or in spring. There is a
variety of this species with double flowers, and one with
variegated leaves, both of which are somewhat tender and
require well-drained soil and a sheltered position.
Other species in cultivation are H. fiava^ H. disticha,
If. graminea, and H. Dumorticri. All these plants are
desirable associates for the hardy fine-leaved plants.
*Heracleums {Co7u-par snips). — No perennials rival
these plants in size, and few in distinctness of appearance.
The shape and width of their leaves, the height of their
stems, and especially the great size of their umbels, pro-
duce an effect of a very striking character. Planted
singly on slopes in the rougher parts of pleasure-grounds,
on or about ruins, rough wild declivities, or by pieces of
water or streams, they are seen to excellent advantage ;
their enormous leaves forming great tufts of vegetation,
sometimes nearly 13 ft. in diameter. The period of
their greatest vigour and beauty is from May to the
end of July; and this should be distinctly borne in
mind when arranging them, as, once the great leaves
fade away with the heats of early August, they become
very ragged, and soon disappear altogether. They
delight in a moist, deep, clay soil, but will grow vigorously
l 2
148 Subtropical Gardening.
in almost any kind of cool soil, and even on rubbish-
heaps. They are easily multiplied, either from seed or
by division of the tufts early in spring, or after the ripen-
ing of the seed. They usually sow themselves freely.
*Heraeleum eminens. — A peculiarly distinct species,
easily known by the blunt or roundish lobes of its tri-
foliate leaves, which also possess the advantage of lasting
longer than the leaves of other kinds. They are of a
thick texture, and finely covered with velvety down,
which gives them a slightly glaucous appearance, whereby
they may also be distinguished. I have only seen the
plant in a young state in Paris gardens, and cannot say
what it is like when fully grown; but it is probably
dwarfex in stature and more compact in habit than most
of the other kinds, and, as the leaves last so much longer
in perfection, it is suited for grouping among choicer sub-
jects. For isolation on the grass, after the fashion of the
Acanthuses, etc., it is particularly well suited. Seed or
division.
*Heracleum flavescens. — A vigorous species, 5 ft.
to 6 ft. high, with deeply-furrowed rough stems, and
convex green leaves, with ovate or oblong serrate divi-
sions. * Flowers yellowish, in large umbels. Suitable for
banks of rivers or ponds, where effective foliage is desired.
S. Europe. Seed.
*Heracleum persicum— A vigorous perennial, of
rapid growth and imposing dimensions, attaining a height
of more than 6£ ft., and bearing whitish flowers in um-
bels, the upper one of which is more than 16 ins. across.
The stem does not branch much, and the leaves are
chiefly radical and very large. Persia.
Heracleum — Hydrangea. 1 49
*Heracleum pubescens. — This species bears yel-
lowish-white flowers, in umbels about a foot in diameter,
and grows to a height of from 6 ft. to 9 ft. or more. The
leaves are very large, roughish on the upper side, and
much divided into elliptical segments, which are pointed
and stand close together. Crimea.
*Heracleum villosum. — A species distinguished by
its very downy and fringed fruit, with robust stems, 6^ ft.
high or more. Leaves broad, much divided, the segments
coarsely toothed, covered with a whitish down on the
under side. Flowers in large umbels. Caucasus.
*Heracleum Wilhelmsii. — The leaves of this species
are very large, downy, and wrinkled, much divided, with
lance-shaped, acute segments distant from each other.
The stem is more than dh ft. high, and bears whitish
flowers, in umbels from 10 ins. to 12 ins. in diameter.
Siberia.
Several other species are in cultivation, the principal
of which is H. platyUcnium, a biennial of very large dimen-
sions, and remarkably ornamental in habit and foliage.
Humea elegans. — This well-known plant may be
very agreeably associated with many of the subjects men-
tioned in this book, and is a graceful object in the centres
of beds, etc. To be put out early in May. New Holland.
*Hydrangea quercifolia. — This is quite distinct in
aspect from the common Hydrangeas, and sufficiently
striking to deserve a place where variety of form is
sought. The leaves are, as the name indicates, somewhat
lobed and oak-like in outline. It is best adapted to form
a bush, its natural habit, and is best used singly. I,
however, have never tried to train young plants of it with
150 Subtropical Gardening.
a single stem; it might be worth the trial. It is a
native of N. America. A rich and somewhat moist soil,
with shelter, will be found to suit it best. Well adapted
for isolation.
*Inula Kelenium. — A vigorous-growing British
plant, about 3 ft. or 4 ft. high, with a stout stem, branch-
ing in the upper part, and large, oblong-oval leaves, of a
delicate green colour. The flowers are yellow, and are
borne in loose clusters. Well suited for planting along
with other large-leaved plants, or as isolated specimens
on rough slopes, or wild places, in free, moist, good soil.
Multiplied by division in spring or autumn, or by seed.
*Jubs3a spectabilis. — A very handsome, hardy S.
American palm, with a short, arboreous, smooth stem,
which sometimes attains a height of nearly 40 ft., and
spreading pinnate leaves, of a full, deep-green colour, and
from 6 ft. to 1 2 ft. long, the leaflets being from 1 ft. to
it ft. long and about ah inch wide, springing in pairs
from nearly the same spot, and standing out in different
directions. The leaf-stalks are very thick at the base,
where they are enclosed in a dense mass of rough, brown
fibres, which grow upon their lower edges. The soil for
this plant should be a mixture of two parts of rich loam
and two parts composed of peat, leaf-mould, and sand.
This exists in the open air throughout the winter, near
London, but not in such a condition as to encourage
many to try it in this way. Grown in tubs in the con-
servatory in winter, and placed in the open air in sum-
mer, it will prove very satisfactory for association with
the hardier palms.
*Juncus effusus spiralis. — A very singular-looking
KocJiia — Lata nia. 1 5 1
rush, forming spreading tufts of leaves, which, instead of
growing straight, like those of other kinds, are curiously
twisted in a regular corkscrew form. From its very un-
usual appearance it is well worthy of cultivation, and
may be- planted with advantage on the margins of pieces
of water, near cascades, etc., or in the artificial bog. It
is easily multiplied by division of the tufts.
*Kochia scoparia. — An annual plant of the Goose-
foot family, forming a neat, compact, pointed bush, from
3 to 5 ft. in height. The flowers are green and insig-
nificant, but the graceful habit of the plant renders it
valuable and effective, placed either singly or in groups,
on the slopes of pleasure-grounds, especially from July to
September — the time of its full development. It should
be sown in April and May, in a hotbed, and afterwards
planted out in beds or borders. Southern Europe.
*Kcelreuteria paniculata. — A small sized, hardy,
deciduous tree, from N. China, from 15 ft. to 19 ft. high,
and handsome both in foliage and flower. The leaves
are pinnate, and of a dark, glistening-green colour ; the
leaflets ovate, and coarsely toothed. Flowers yellow, in
terminal, spreading clusters, and succeeded by large,
reddish, pendent, bladdery capsules, which render the tree
conspicuous till late in the autumn. It does best in rich,
moist soil. AVhen planted in a dry and arid position, the
leaves are never so large or glistening, and soon turn yellow
and fall. It is one of the trees which may, as advised
for the Ailantus, be kept in a small state by cutting them
down annually, and will, thus treated, furnish a fine effect.
Easily multiplied by seed, layers, and cuttings.
Latania borbonica. — A well-known, hardy, and
152 Subtropical Gardening.
favourite palm, attaining a height of 25 ft., with large,
fan-shaped leaves, over 5 ft. broad, of a cheerful green
colour, and with pendent marginal segments. The leaf-
stalks are over 4 ft. or 5 ft. long, and are armed at the
edges for half their length with short reflexed spines. May
be placed in the open air about London and southward
in sunny dells in summer, and is a fine warm-con-
servatory or stove ornament in winter.
*Lavatera arborea. — This plant, which has the ap-
pearance of a small tree, attains in the southern counties the
height of nearly 10 ft. The stem is simple for some dis-
tance, and then branches into a broad, compact, roundish,
and very leafy head. It may be used to adorn warm
and sheltered parts of pleasure-grounds and rough places.
In rich well-drained beds it would prove a worthy com-
panion for the Ricinus and the Carinas. It is most at
home on dry soils, but during the summer months thrives
on all. "When planted in the shelter of a south wall it has
been known to live for several years and to have almost
woody stems from 2 ins. to 4 ins. in diameter at the base.
Italy.
*Ligularia macrophylla {Large-leaved Z.). — A
vigorous perennial, with an erect stem nearly 3-5- ft. high,
and very large, glaucous, erect, long-stalked, oval leaves.
The flowers are yellow, and are borne in a dense long
spike at the end of the stem. The most suitable soil for
this plant is that which is free, moist, and somewhat peaty.
Multiplied by careful division in autumn or in spring. It
is a useful subject for grouping with fine-leaved herbaceous
plants, but will seldom command a place in the select
flower-garden. Caucasus.
Malva
Mega sea.
*53
Malva crispa.
*Malva crispa. — A vigorous-growing annual, 3 to 6?
ft, or more, in height, growing
in an erect, pyramidal bush of
densely-crowded, broad leaves,
with a very undulating curled
or frizzled margin. The flow-
ers are small, white, and in-
conspicuous. Bushes of this
are pretty in groups, beds,
or borders. It may be sown
in cool frames and put out
early in May, by which means
strong plants may be obtained
early in the season.
*JZEartynia lutea. — A very pretty annual from Brazil,
about it ft. high, with roundish leaves and handsome
yellow flowers, collected in cylindrical clusters at the
angles of the principal branches. It requires a light, rich,
cool soil, a warm position, and frequent watering in sum-
mer. Its large leaves and ornamental bloom make it
a desirable subject for beds, groups, and borders. In-
creased by seed.
*Megaseas. — Some parts of pleasure-grounds for
which there may be a difficulty in finding any subject
that will either thrive in such places, or that is not too
commonplace to be thought of, may be very advantage-
ously occupied by a few specimens of Megasea cordifolia
and M. crassifolia, the large, leathery, persistent leaves of
which will, in such positions, preserve their freshness
through the winter, and in the earliest days of spring be
surmounted by dense clusters of very pleasing rose-
154 Siibtropical Gardening.
coloured flowers. These plants are very hardy perennials,
and will require hardly any care after planting them.
They are well suited for embellishing cascades and rough
rockwork, are not fastidious as to soil, and are easily
multiplied by division of the tufts.
Melanoselinum decipiens. — An umbelliferous
shrub, from Madeira, with a round simple stem, bare
below, and large spreading compound leaves with oval
toothed segments and sheathing leaf-stalks. Flowers
white, borne in umbels. Should be planted out in May.
A useful subject for isolation on grass-plats, etc., and
requiring greenhouse or warm-frame treatment in winter.
Young plants are to be preferred for ornamental purposes.
Multiplied by seed.
Melia Azedarach (Pride of India). — A very o/na-
mental tree, but with us usually seen in a small state.
It is a native of India, but is now naturalised in various
parts of S. Europe. It usually grows from 13 ft. to 17 ft.
high, and bears its smooth dark-green pinnate leaves
chiefly clustered together at the ends of the branches.
The flowers are of a lilac colour, and emit an agreeable
perfume : they are produced in large bunches which issue
from the axils of the leaves. The fruit is considered
poisonous. Healthy young plants kept to a single stem,
and cut down to within a foot or two of the base annually,
form graceful objects in the ornamental garden, throwing
up an erect stout stem regularly clothed with leaves twice
and thrice divided, from 16 ins. to more than 2 ft. long
and from 1 ft. to nearly 18 ins. across. Plant out in early
summer. A substantial, well-manured soil, a shady posi-
tion, and frequent waterings in summer are necessary for
■■■■: ■■p0^y
.LTANTHUS MAJOR
Herbaceous Type: best treated as a perennial, and protected at the roots in winter.
Melia — Melianthus — Mann. 1 5 5
the development of the ornamental qualities of the Melia.
In winter it requires the shelter of a greenhouse with us.
Multiplied by seed or layers.
*Melianthus major. — This is usually treated as a
greenhouse plant, and is sometimes put out of doors
in summer. So grown, however, the full beauty of the
plant has not time to develope ; and much the better way
is to treat it as a half-hardy subject, putting it out in some
sunny and sheltered spot, where the roots will not suffer
from wet in winter. The shoots will be cut down by
frost, but the root will live and push up strong stems in
spring, forming by midsummer a bush about 3 ft. high,
very distinct and beautiful, with large, pinnate, light sea-
green leaves, which will not suffer from rain storms.
I have grown it in this way to a much more present-
able condition than it ever assumes indoors, where it
is usually drawn too much. I used to protect the roots
in winter by placing leaves over them, and then covering
all with a handlight, but have seen the plant survive
without this precaution. It is, however, best to make
quite sure by using protection, except where the soil and
climate are particularly favourable. Melianthus minor
has the habit of M. major, but is smaller in every respect
and flowers later. Its inflorescence also is different, the
flowers being of a yellowish red, and growing in short
' clusters. Cape of Good Hope.
*Meum athamanticum. — One of the most elegant
and gracefully-cut plants in an order second to no other
for these qualities. The leaves are divided so finely as
to appear as if they were made of vegetable hair, and the
plant is dwarf and neat in habit, from 6 inches to 1 foot
156 Subtropical Gardening.
high; easy of growth in ordinary soils, and perfectly
hardy and perennial. It is probable that in dry seasons
it might " go off" too soon for association with autumn-
flowering plants, but for rockwork, borders, or mixed
arrangements of any sort it is invaluable. A British
plant, easily increased by division.
*Molopospermum cicutariumt — A very ornamental
umbelliferous plant, 5 ft. or more in height, with large,
deeply-divided leaves of a lively green colour, forming
a dense irregular bush. The flowers, which are insignifi-
cant and of a yellowish-white colour, are borne in small
roundish umbels. There is a deep green and fern-like
beauty displayed profusely by some of the umbelliferous
family, but I have rarely met with one so remarkably
attractive as this species. Many of the class, while very
elegant, perish quickly, get shabby indeed by the end of
June, and are therefore out of place in the tasteful flower-
garden ; but this is firm in character, of a fine rich green,
stout yet spreading in habit, growing more than a yard
high, and making altogether a most pleasing bush. It is
perfectly hardy, and easily increased by seed or division,
but rare as yet. Loves a deep moist soil, but will
thrive in any good garden soil. It is a fine subject for
isolation or grouping with other hardy and graceful-
leaved umbelliferous plants. Carniola.
Monstera deliciosa. — This very remarkable-looking
plant has been found to bear being placed in the open
air with impunity in shady and sheltered spots from the
beginning of June till the end of September. Its great
perforated leaves look so singular that everybody should
grow it who has a stove in which to do so, and it is so
Tender Section ; stands well in the open air in summer in warm and sheltered spots
LIOlNlTAGN^EA HEtlACLEIFOLlA (Polymuia grandis).
One of the noblest of the tender section, making free growth in the open air
during summer.
M oust era — Mbn tagncea . 157
readily grown and propagated that a plant may soon be
spared for placing in the open air during the warmer
months. Although, however, it will exist in the open air
for a few months in warm and sheltered spots in this
country, it is only to be seen to perfection in the stove.
Few subjects possess nobler or more singular foliage, or
are more worthy of a place for effect alone, while its
fruit is edible and produced freely enough when the plant
is well-grown. The culture is quite simple — plenty of
rich soil, a high temperature, and abundance of moisture.
I have seen the plant fruit well in what is called an
" intermediate house," but, where convenient, it is much
better to place it in a warm stove. Wherever rockwork
or any picturesque arrangement is attempted in any of
these structures, no nobler plant can be selected for its
embellishment. It crawls over such positions with a
snake-like stem, and a trail of great leathery leaves per-
forated in many places, as shown in the plate. Mexico.
Montagnaea heracleifolia (Polymnia grandis). —
This is second to no other plant for its dignified and
finished effect in the flower-garden, forming a handsome
shrub with large, opposite, much-divided, and elegantly-
lobed leaves, which are often nearly 3 ft. long, presenting
very striking and luxuriant masses of foliage. The stem
and leaf-stalks are spotted with white, and the leaves
when young are covered with a soft white down. Like
most large soft-growing things in this way, it is best
planted out in a young state, so as to ensure a fresh
and unstinted growth. Easily multiplied from cuttings,
which plants freely produce if placed in heat in January.
i*8
Subtropical Gardening.
It is best planted out at the end of May, and should be
in every collection. Mexico.
*Morina longifolia. — A hardy perennial of handsome
and singular appearance, the large spiny leaves resembling
those of certain Thistles, while
the long spikes of whorled
flowers, which are from 2 to
3 ft. high, are almost identical
in form with the inflorescence
of many of the Labiate family.
It grows well in ordinary well-
drained soil, preferring that
which is mellow, deep, and
moist. Easily multiplied by
sowing the seed as soon as it
ripens, in light, peaty, sandy
soil. In our winters it would
be advisable to cover the
plants with litter, as it is the dampness and sudden changes
of the atmosphere which appear to injure it rather than
the cold. Being a fine-flowering plant, as well as remark-
able for its leaves, it is excellent for every kind of mixed
border, and also for grouping with the smaller and medium-
sized perennials that have fine foliage or are singular in
appearance. Nepaul.
*Mulgedium alpinum. — A tall mountain-plant of
the Sow-thistle family, with very broad leaves and stems
over 3 ft. high. The flowers are very numerous, of a
dark-blue colour, resembling those of the Chicory, and
are borne erect on the upper parts of the branching
Morina longifolia.
Mulgediuni — Musa.
159
stems. A somewhat shaded position and a very moist
deep loam are necessary
to the vigorous growth
of this plant, which will
prove effective in the
rougher parts of the
pleasure-ground. Multi-
plied by division. Alps.
*Mulgedium Plu-
mieri. — A vigorous her-
baceous perennial, 4 ft.
to 6 ft. high, with very
large, deeply-cut radical
leaves somewhat glau-
cous underneath, bear-
ing late in summer large
spreading terminal corymbs of blue flowers. A good sub-
ject for association with strong-growing herbaceous plants
in groups, or as isolated tufts by wood-walks, in deep rich
soil. S. of France.
Musa Ensete. — The noblest of all the fine-leaved
plants yet used in the flower-garden is Musa Ensctc —
the great Abyssinian Banana, discovered by Bruce — the
stem of which has been known to attain a diameter of
more than 3 ft. at the base, and a height of from 13 ft.
to nearly 20 ft. The huge leaves, borne nearly erect, are
oblong in shape and of a beautiful bright-green colour,
with a very stout deep-red midrib. In the open air they
often grow nearly 10 ft. long and nearly 2 ft. broad.
The fruit of this kind is not edible, like that of the Ba-
nana and Plantain (Musa paradisiaca and M. sapientum),
Mulgedium alpinum.
i6d Subtropical Gardening.
but the leaves are magnificent, and they stand the rain
and storms of our northern climes with little laceration,
while all the other kinds of Musa become torn into
shreds. It has hitherto been generally grown in stoves ;
but it is an interesting and, until recently, little known
fact, that the finest of all the Banana or Musa tribe
is also the hardiest and most easily preserved. When
grown for the open air it will of course require to be
kept in a house during winter and planted out the first
week in June. In any place where there is a large con-
servatory or winter-garden it will be found most valu-
able, either for planting therein or for keeping over the
winter, as, if merely housed in such a structure during
the cold months, it will prove a great ornament among
the other plants, while it may be put out in summer,
when the attraction is all out of doors. Other kinds of
Musa have been tried in the open air in England, but
have barely existed, making it clear that they should
not be so cultivated in this country. M. Ensete is the
only species really worth growing in this way. Where
the climate is too cold to put it out of doors in summer,
it should be grown in all conservatories in which it is de-
sired to establish the noblest type of vegetation. It also
stands the drought and heat of a dwelling-house remark-
ably well, and though, when well developed, it is much too
big for any but Brobdingnagian halls, the fact may never-
theless be taken much advantage of by those interested
in room-decoration on a large scale. The plant is diffi-
cult to obtain as yet, but will, I trust, be soon made
abundant by our nurserymen.
In September, 1868, I saw a fine plant of this Musa
MT> i'lTE.
Noblest of tender Section ; thriving in the open air in summer, in the wanner
di>tnct> in summer and in the conservatory in n inter.
Mtisa — Nclumbiam . 1 6 1
that had remained in the open ground in Baron Hauss-
mann's garden in the Bois de Boulogne during the pre-
ceding winter. It was left in the position in which it
grew during the summer of 1867, and in the month of
November covered with a little thatched shed, the space
about the plant being filled with dry leaves. All the
leaves were cut off. In spring the protection was re-
moved and the plant pushed vigorously. It had, when
I saw it, 1 6 leaves, not one of which was torn or lace-
rated, although it was in an exposed position. It was
not more than 5 ft. high, but was more attractive than
much larger individuals of the same species, from being
so compact and untattered in its foliage. As most people
who grow it will have means of keeping it indoors in
winter, and as it is so rare, this mode of keeping it is
not likely to be taken advantage of with us at present :
but that it can and has been so wintered is an inter-
esting fact.
Other species are : M. paradisiaca (the Plantain) ; M.
sapiciitum (the Banana) ; M. Cave?idishii, a dwarf-growing
kind, seldom exceeding 5 ft. or 6 ft. in height, and fruiting
freely in a stove ; M. superba, and M. zcbrina. These,
however, are all properly hothouse kinds, and do not
thrive in the open air.
Nelumbium luteum. — This is perhaps second to
none of its fine family in beauty. In the Paris Garden
a plant remained in a fountain-basin, in a very sheltered
position, for several years, flowering yearly. On the
nth of September, 1868, the petals of one of these
flowers measured each 6 ins. in length ! and consequently
the flower fully spread out was more than a foot in
M
1 62 Subtropical Gardening.
diameter. The singular-looking disk within these great
fragrant flowers is as interesting as the flower itself, and
far more peculiar. The flowers are of a pale yellow,
with a single deep stain of rosy crimson at the apex of
each petal. The leaves push boldly above the water,
are quite round, 1 2 ins. to 1 5 ins. in diameter, and of a
peculiar bluish-green. If the hand be placed under one
of them, so as to slightly raise the outer parts of the
large plate-like leaf, a hollow will of course be formed ;
and if water be poured into this so as to cover exactly
the centre of the stem which supports and feeds the
leaf, a curious result will be noticed. Bubbles of air
will rise rapidly one after another from exactly over the
part where the leaf joins its stem. In this particular
leaf this spot is marked by being of a much lighter green
than the remainder of the leaf. This would be well
worth trying in the southern counties on the margin of
ponds, etc., where it would be fine associated with Nuphar
advena, and the like. It should be put out early in
May.
Nelumbmm speciosum {Sacred Bean). — An Egyp-
tian water-plant of very great beauty, with round sea-
green leaves from 10 ins. to over a foot in diameter, some
of which float on the surface of the water, while others
are elevated above it at various heights up to 2^ ft.
Above the highest leaves appear the large, solitary, white,
rosy-tipped flowers, which are about 10 ins. broad, and
are very fragrant. As the plant is somewhat tender, it
should be grown in tubs, and placed in rather shallow
water (which is more easily warmed by the sun) from
the end of May until the end of September in a position
4&-
*r\ ■■■- .~-fi\~v^z>' -M^u , «8a
£*«
NICOTIAN A TABACUM. [Var. macrophylla).
Annual Section ; forming handsome specimens within a few months after sowing.
Nclumbium — Nicotiana. 1 63
sheltered from sudden changes of the atmosphere. A
mixture of good loam, sharp sand, and charcoal seems
to answer it best. Multiplied by division of the root-
stocks, or by seed. Wherever there is a contrivance for
heating the water in a small pond or tank in the open air,
these two remarkable plants would be well worth a trial.
Nicotiana Tabacum {Common Tobacco). — There
are several varieties of this well-known plant, distinguished
by the different length and width of their oblong lance-
shaped leaves and the lighter or deeper colour of their
rosy flowers. A deep, well-drained, light soil, rich in
decayed vegetable matter, is essential to this plant, as is
also copious watering in summer. As it is so readily
raised from seed, and grows luxuriantly in rich soil, I need
not say it is a very desirable subject for association with
the Castor-oil plant and the like, and especially suited for
the many who desire plants of noble habit, but who can-
not preserve the tender ones through the winter under
glass. It should be raised in a hotbed, and put out in
May. Height, 6 ft. or more. N. macrophylla is the
finest variety.
Nicotiana wigandioides. — A species of recent in-
troduction, with a simple stem 6 ft. or more high, and
very large, broad, woolly leaves which grow in a some-
what erect position. If placed in a hothouse at the close
of the year, it becomes woody and branching, and assumes
an arborescent habit. Requires good substantial, well-
manured soil, and copious watering. This is a useful
plant for grouping with the medium-sized tender subjects
in rich, light, well-drained soils, and should be planted
out about the middle of May.
m 2
164
Subtropical Gardening.
*Nuphar advena. — A hardy Water-lily from N.
America, with broad, oval-heart-shaped leaves, some float-
ing on the surface of the water, and some emerging
well above it. The flowers are rather large, of a golden-
yellow colour, with scarlet stamens. This plant is as
hardy as our native water-lilies, and is therefore adapted
for any position in which they will grow. In N. America
it occurs chiefly in still or stagnant waters. The bold
and large leaves make it peculiarly suitable for placing
near the margin of water in the vicinity of groups of
picturesque plants.
*Onopordum Acanthium. — A native biennial plant
of bold habit and vigor-
ous growth, with stout,
branching stems often
more than 5 ft. high,
and very large, undulat-
ing, spiny leaves, covered
with long, whitish, cob-
web-like hairs. Flowers
purplish, in large, soli-
tary, terminal heads. 0.
illyrictim has greener and
more deeply-cut leaves,
stiffer stems, a more
branching habit, and
much more spiny leaves
and stems. O. arabicum
grows to the height of nearly 8 ft. with an erect and very
slightly branching habit, and has both sides of the leaves,
as well as the stems, covered with a white down. All these
Onopordum Acanthium.
Onopordu m — Osin nnda. 165
species are very hardy, and thrive well in ordinary soil.
They are particularly adapted for the rougher and more
neglected parts of pleasure-grounds, where they will sow
themselves.
*Osmunda regalis. — This, the largest and most
striking of our native ferns (sometimes attaining a
height of 8 ft), is one of the most ornamental subjects
that can be grown in certain positions. It should be
planted in moist peaty soil in half-shady places, on the
banks of streams, the margins of pieces of water, by
cascades, etc. It may also be planted in the water with
good effect. It has been found to do well exposed to
the full sun, when its roots are in a constantly moist,
porous, moss-covered soil, in a position sheltered from
strong winds. In shady positions it would be found to
attain great stature if planted in deep, well-manured soil.
The various North American Osmundas should also be
associated with this. There are several varieties to be
met with in gardens, the handsomest of which perhaps
is 0. r. cristata. Popular and almost universally culti-
vated as the Osmunda is, however, it is not at all com-
mon to see the Royal Fern and several other Osmundas
otherwise than in a shabby, or at best in a half-deve-
loped, condition. Mr. A. Parsons, of Danesbury, a well-
known florist and cultivator of ferns, has overcome this
difficulty, and narrates his marked success in the pages
of the Florist and Pomologist. He formed a very large
fernery in an old chalk-pit, and with much success ; but,
notwithstanding all the care taken of the Osmundas and
allied ferns, they were tried for four seasons with no
satisfactory results, the roots of the surrounding trees
1 66 Sttbtropical Gardening.
robbing them of both soil and water. " A change was
then made : a piece of ground, of irregular shape, large
enough to contain about 20 plants, was staked out, and
the mould, or, more correctly speaking, the chalk, was
removed to the depth of 3 ft. ; a bricklayer followed, and
put in a floor of three bricks laid on the flat, set in good
Portland cement, and over that a layer of plain tiles,
the sides being made up to the ground-level with a
4^-inch wall, well built up in the same kind of cement ;
this made the whole water-tight, and prevented the roots
of the surrounding trees from penetrating and robbing
the ferns of their moisture. The space was filled up
with earth, compounded of good loam, peat, and leaf-
mould, in equal proportions, with about one-fifth of
good rotten manure added thereto ; these ingredients
were thoroughly mixed and well trodden in, and then
the ferns were planted. In forming this bed, provision
was made for the escape of the surplus water, by intro-
ducing into the front wall, at about 4 ins. from the
bottom, a common 3-in. drain-pipe, which communicated
with a small tank, about 3 ft. square, sunk into the
chalk, so that all waste water became absorbed. This
method proved to be eminently successful, the plants
far surpassing in size any I have ever seen under arti-
ficial cultivation, and, judging from report, rivalling their
growth in their natural habitats. Last season I could
boast of Osmunda regalis with fronds at least 8 ft. in
length, Osmunda spedabilis 4-1 ft., Osmunda Clayto?iiana
5 ft., Osmiuida cifinamomea 3 ft., and the beautiful Os-
mimda rega/is, var. cristata, 3 ft. in length. Adiantum
pedatum grew from 2 ft. to 3 ft. in height, and others
Osmunda — Pcsonia. 167
were proportionally fine. The plants were not drawn
up by being planted closely together, but were placed
at a fair distance apart, and became handsome and noble
specimens. Every spring I apply a dressing of about
two inches of rotten manure to the surface, and just
cover it with mould for the sake of appearance. The
artificial swamp is the admiration of all the visitors here.
The plants are always in a healthy and vigorous state,
and have none of that half-starved appearance so fre-
quently to be seen. The result of my experience induces
me to believe that a more liberal treatment would not
be found objectionable in the cultivation of many more
of our native ferns. I intend making the experiment
this season, and may possibly find time to make known
what amount of success I may meet with. In con-
cluding my remarks upon what I may term ' growing
Osmundas under difficulties,' I would observe that the
points to be principally attended to are — (1) a deep
water-tight and root-tight tank, the depth of which may,
with advantage, be more than in the case I have de-
scribed ; (2) a rich nutritious soil ; (3) a reasonable
amount of water ; and (4) a drain to carry off the
surplus."
*Paeonia tenuifolia. — A charming plant, about i^ ft.
or 2 ft. high, with numerous upright stems almost com-
pletely hidden by the dense finely-cut leaves, producing
an effect which very much resembles that afforded by
the foliage of the Ferulas. The flowers are of a deep
crimson, or purplish-red, and about 2 £ ins. broad, solitary
and erect on the tops of the stems. It does well in
almost any soil or position, and might with advantage
1 68 Subtropical Gardening.
be now and then used as an isolated specimen on the
turf.
*Panicum altissimum. — A very handsome hardy
perennial grass, very like P. virgatwn, and often con-
founded with it, although much more elegant in habit.
It forms dense, erect tufts from 2 ft. to 6i ft. high,
according to climate, soil, and temperature. The leaves
are linear, finely toothed, long, and arching. When in
flower the plant presents a very attractive appearance,
the inflorescence consisting of very large panicles of
slender whorled branchlets covered with numerous small
spikelets of flowers, which ultimately assume a tinge of
dark chestnut-red.
*Panicum bulbosum. — A tall and strong species, with
a free and beautiful inflorescence. It grows about 5 ft.
high, and the flowers are very gracefully spread forth. It
forms an elegant plant for the flower-garden in which
grace and variety are sought j for dotting about here and
there, near the margins of shrubberies, etc. ; and for
naturalisation.
*Panicum capillare. — A hardy annual kind, grow-
ing in tufts from 16 ins. to 20 ins. high, and very orna-
mental when in full flower, the tufts being then covered
with large, pyramidal panicles, which are borne both at
the ends of the stems and in the axils of the stem-leaves.
Grows in any soil or position, and sows itself. I noticed
it in great abundance in cultivated fields in many parts
of Canada and the United States. Well suited for
border beds or isolation, being one of the most graceful
plants in cultivation. It is commonly grown under the
name of Eragrostis elegans.
Panicum — Papaver — Papyrus. 169
*Panicum virgatum. — A handsome, bold, hardy spe-
cies from N. America, growing, in good soil, to a height
of nearly 3^ ft. It forms close, compact tufts of leaves,
a foot or more long, which, from July to the first frosts,
are crowned with very large, dense, branching panicles.
The general colour of the plant is a fine lively green,
and its graceful habit renders it an admirable subject for
the picturesque flower-garden, the pleasure-ground, etc.,
in isolated tufts. It is also fine for borders. The best
mode of multiplying it is by division in the spring, when
vegetation is just commencing.
*Papaver bracteatum (Great Scarlet Poppy). — A
remarkably vigorously-growing perennial species from
Siberia and N. Russia, with simple, rough, hairy stems
more than 4 ft. high, each terminated by a single flower
9 ins. broad, and of a bright deep brick-red colour,
with a large black spot at the base of each petal, and 2
or 3 leaf-like bracts at the base of each flower. The
radical leaves, which are very deeply divided, form a
dense broad tuft resting on the ground. A very orna-
mental plant for the open parts of pleasure-grounds,
flourishing in almost any kind of well-drained soil. It
will prove most effective as an isolated plant in the
rougher parts of the pleasure-ground. A plant of it
would also show to great advantage in a group of green-
leaved subjects like the Ferulas. Very closely resembling
the preceding is the Armenian species P. orientalis. It is
however smaller in every respect, and the flowers want
the distinguishing bracts.
Papyrus antiquorum (Egyptian Paper -plant). — A
very graceful reed, or rather cyperus, which yielded the
i7° Subtropical Gardening.
material used as paper by the ancient Egyptians. The
rootstocks spread horizontally under the mud in places
where the plant grows, continuing to throw up stems as
they creep along. These stems are triangular and grow
from 3 ft. to 8 ft. high ; they are quite leafless except
at the top, where they bear a large parasol-like tuft of
green, gracefully-arching filaments. Shallow parts of
pieces of water in a warm position are the most suitable
places for this plant. It may, however, also be planted
in soil which is kept constantly moist. Multiplied by
division of the rootstocks ; the pieces to be planted
under water, if possible. In gardens south of London'
this fine plant may be tried in the open air in summer
from June till September in warm spots ; if not planted
in shallow water, or the artificial bog, it should receive a
very liberal supply of water in summer.
*Paulownia imperialis. — A Japanese tree of mode-
rate size, with a large, dense, spreading head, and broad,
entire or lobed, opposite leaves covered with hoary
down. The flowers are nearly 2 ins. long, in terminal
panicles, and of a purplish-violet colour. Young plants,
say of a year, or in the first spring of their existence as
independent plants, will, if cut down to the ground, make
a luxuriant growth during the current year, and indeed
prove more effective than the Ferdinanda eminens. The
stem rises quite vertically and with great vigour, and
looks simply a column of noble leaves. Plants growing
in an ordinary nursery-quarter were (Sept. 8, 1868) 7 ft.
and 8 ft. high from the ground, and the leaves from
20 ins. to 22 ins. in diameter. It was noticeable, too, that
those at the top of each shaft were as large as those half-
Petasitcs — Phoenix — Phormium. 171
way up and near the base, which is not usually the
case ; and of course every variation of this kind is valu-
able, as it helps us to produce variety. Planted in rich
ground and treated specially to secure a subtropical
effect, greater dimensions than the above may readily be
obtained, and older plants when cut down may be ex-
pected to produce stronger stems and leaves. They
should be cut down every year in winter or spring, and
confined to one stem.
*Petasites vulgaris. — A native plant of vigorous
growth and striking appearance, forming dense spreading
tufts of enormous radical leaves, usually about 2 ft. or
2tj ft. high. The leaves are heart-shaped in outline, and
sometimes 3 ft. in width. A suitable subject for planting
in any position where the soil is moist and deep, as on
the margins of pieces of water or in damp glades. There
is a variety (P. v. nivens) which has white, instead of
rosy, flowers. This is also quite hardy, but does best in
a slightly shaded position in deep clayey or sandy-clay
soil.
Phoenix dactylifera (Date Palm). — A handsome
palm with a rugged stem, and pinnate dark-green leaves
from 6 ft. to 12 ft. long; the divisions linear-lance-shaped,
very much pointed, and standing out quite straight.
Easily increased from seed. Suitable for the greenhouse
in winter and the open garden in summer, from the end
of May till the beginning of October. Africa and India.
Phormium tenax (New Zealand Flax). — A hardy
plant, with something of the habit of a large Iris, form-
ing tufts of broad, shining, leathery leaves from 5 ft. to
6i ft. high, gracefully arching at the top. The flowers,
172 Subtropical Gardening.
of a lemon colour, are borne in erect loose spikes just
above the foliage. Generally with us it will be found to
enjoy greenhouse temperature, though in genial places in
the south and west of England and Ireland it does very
well in the open air. Its best use is for the decoration
of the garden in summer, a few specimens well grown
and plunged in the grass or the centre of a bed giving a
most distinct aspect to the scene. The larger such plants
are, the better, of course, will be the effect. The small
ones will prove equally useful and effective in vases, to
which they will add a grace that vases rarely now possess.
It is pre-eminently useful from its being alike good for the
house, conservatory, and hall-decoration in winter. Mul-
tiplied by division of the tufts in summer, and thriving
best in a light deep soil. Wherever indoor decoration
on a large scale is practised it is indispensable, and it
should be remarked that, unless for vase decoration, it
requires to be grown into goodly specimens before
affording much effect out of doors ; but when grown
large in tubs, it is equally grand for the large conserva-
tory and for important positions in the flower-garden.
In the extreme south of England and Ireland the New
Zealand Flax will thrive in the water as well as on dry
land ; and where this is the case it may of course be
used with fine effect as an aquatic. Doubtless, too, the
variegated variety of the New Zealand Flax would be a
capital plant to try in the open air in nice situations in
the south and west of England and Ireland, where the
green plant sometimes does so well. In any case it will
do finely out of doors for the summer.
^Phytolacca decandra ( Virgi?iian Poke). — A vigor-
Phytolacca — Poa . 173
ous herbaceous perennial, from 5^ ft. to nearly 10 ft.
high, with stems of a reddish hue, very much branched
above ; the branches, leaf-stalks, veins of the leaves, and
flower-stalks being also red. The flowers are numerous,
in cylindrical spikes, and are at first white, afterwards
changing to a delicate rose-colour. In autumn the
leaves change to a uniform reddish tinge, which has a
fine effect, contrasted with the numerous pendent purple
berries. This is a very hardy plant, requiring hardly any
attention and growing in almost any kind of soil. Mul-
tiplied either by seed or by division. It forms a very
free and vigorous mass of vegetation, and, though
perhaps scarcely refined enough in leaf to justify its
being recommended for flower-garden use, no plant is
more worthy of a place wherever a rich herbaceous vege-
tation is desired ; whether near the rougher approaches
of a hardy fernery, open glades near woodland walks, or
any like positions. N. America.
*Poa aquatica. — A stout, rapidly increasing native
grass, growing from 4 ft. to 6 ft. high, with broad, flat
leaves and the inflorescence in much-branched handsome
panicles, sometimes nearly a foot long. It is not uncom-
mon in England and Ireland, mostly occurring in wet
ditches, by rivers, and in marshes. It is one of the
boldest and handsomest hardy grasses, for planting by
the margins of pieces of artificial water or streams, asso-
ciated with such plants as the Typhas, Acorus, bullrush,
great water-dock, etc.
*Poa fertilis. — Just within the main entrance of the
Royal Gardens at Kew a very graceful-looking grass
might have been seen isolated on the turf during the
x74
Subtropical Gardening.
past year or two. It is a comparatively dwarf subject,
and not at all striking in bloom like the Pampas, but
withal very distinct and desirable. It is one of the most
elegant grasses, forming dense tufts of long, soft, smooth,
slender leaves, which arch outwards and downwards in
the most graceful manner on every side, and, in the
flowering season, are surmounted by airy, diffuse, pur-
plish or violet-tinged panicles, rising to a height of from
20 ins. to 3 ft., the grassy tufts being usually about half
that height. This plant is widely distributed over South-
Poa fertilis.
em Europe, Northern Asia, and North America, in wet
meadows and on low banks of streams. Of all the dwarf
perennial grasses it is perhaps the best for isolation on
the grass, where its fine dense and graceful tufts of long
hair-like leaves and elegant panicles form a quite distinct-
looking and ornamental object.
*Polygonatum multiflorum (Solomon's Seal). —
This, one of the most graceful of our native plants, is too
distinct and pleasing in aspect to be omitted from an
enumeration of ornamental subjects. It is best suited
Polygonatum — Polygonum. 175
for a shady position under trees, or the fringes of shrub-
beries, or groups of tall and widely-branching plants,
where its elegantly arching stems and pretty pendent
flowers would attain greatest perfection, and exhibit a
very marked contrast to the surrounding types of vegeta-
tion. A well-drained, sandy, and peaty soil will be found
to suit it best, and it is well adapted for the wild and
semi-wild parts of the pleasure-ground. Easily multiplied
by division of the rootstocks.
*Polygonum cuspidatum (Sieboldi). — Forms large
and noble tufts of lively green, which increase in beauty
from year to year. It grows to a height of 3^ ft. to 6 ft.
and more, the stems being at first erect and simple, then
becoming much branched, the branches arching, and
spreading nearly horizontally at the top. The white
flowers, which are disposed in clusters forming close
panicles, are succeeded by handsome rosy-white fruit.
When planted singly, and away from other subjects, its
head assumes a rather peculiar and pretty arching cha-
racter j and therefore it is not quite fit for forming centres
or using in groups, so much as for planting singly on the
turf, there leaving it to take care of itself and come up
year after year. In this way it would be particularly useful
in the pleasure-ground or diversified English flower-garden.
It is also good for any position in which a bold and dis-
tinct type of vegetation is desired, while of course, when
we come to have fine groups of hardy " foliage-plants " in
our gardens, its use will be much extended. The deeper
and better the soil, the finer will its development prove.
You cannot make the soil too deep and good if you
want the plant to assume a very striking character. It runs
176 Subtropical Gardening.
very much at the root in all directions horizontally just
below the surface of the soil. By cutting away the
runners, and thus concentrating the sap in the central
stems, tufts have been obtained from 9 ft. to 13 ft. high,
and as much across. Japan.
Polynmia grandis. (See Motitagncea heracleifolia.)
Polymnia pyramidalis. — A free, bold, and tall
plant, with somewhat of a sunflower habit, but withal very
fine, and making a tall green growth by the end of July,
before many other things used in this way begin to push.
The leaves are not so large as those of the other species,
and differ in shape, being nearly cordate ; but the growth
is vigorous, and the habit distinct. It pushes up a narrow
pyramidal head of foliage to a height of nearly 10 ft. in
Paris gardens, and will be found to do well in the south
of England. Easily multiplied in spring by division or
cuttings from plants placed in heat in January, or
from seed sown in a pot. The species Uvedalia and
metadata are rather coarse herbaceous plants, fitted for
rough places in warm positions, and deep, rich soil.
New Granada.
*Pontederia cordata. — One of the handsomest
water-plants in cultivation, combining gracefulness of
habit and leaf with beauty of flower. It forms thick
tufts of almost arrow-shaped, erect, long-stalked leaves
from 1^ ft. to more than 2 ft. high, crowned with the
handsome blue flower-spikes, which issue from the leaf-
stalks just below the base of the leaves. It should be
planted in shallow pieces of water. Multiplied by divi-
sion of the tufts at any season. N. America.
Pothos acaulis. — A noble plant of the Arum family,
Pothos — Rhaponticum. 177
with huge simple dark-green leaves, forming a magnificent
rosette. It requires stove treatment in winter and spring,
and having made its growth and been hardened off under
cover, it may be placed out in the open air in sheltered
warm places in the southern counties, from the middle
of June to the end of September. It, however, some-
times suffers from cold, and is on the whole only likely
to be of very partial use. Among the other large
Aroids which have been tried in Battersea Park, the
best are Philodcndron mac7'ophyllum, P. Simsii, and An-
thurium Hookeri. Being rather tender they all require a
very warm and well-sheltered position. W. Indies.
*Rhaponticum cynaroides. — A hardy perennial
from the Pyrenees, 3 ft. or more in height, with a rigid,
simple, furrowed stem, and lobed or entire oblong radical
leaves, covered underneath with silvery down. Flowers
solitary, purple, in very large heads. It thrives in a deep,
substantial, moist, but well-drained and free soil. This
and, to a smaller extent, the following species are worthy of
a place in full collections of hardy fine-leaved plants, for
borders, the margins of groups, and, in the case of R. cyna-
roides, for isolation. Both are easily increased by division.
*Rhaponticum pulchrum. — A hardy perennial from
the Caucasus, with numerous simple stems 2 ft. or more
in height, and much-divided, undulating, toothed leaves
of an ashy or sea-green colour on the upper side, and
whitish underneath. The flowers are borne in small
solitary purplish heads late in summer. A very suitable
subject for embellishing dry, arid, rocky positions. R.
scariosum is another kind, useful for the same purposes
as the preceding species.
N
178 Subtropical Gardening.
*THE RHUBARBS.
The Rhubarbs, from their vigour- and picturesqueness,
are well worthy of cultivation among hardy, fine-leaved
plants. They are so hardy that they may be planted in
any soil, and afterwards left to take care of themselves.
Their fine leaves and bold habit make them valuable orna-
ments for the margins of shrubberies (the best way is to
plant one singly a few feet from the margin of the shrub-
bery, so that when they die down in autumn no blank may
be seen), and for semi- wild places where a very free and
luxuriant type of vegetation is desired. Though not par-
ticular as to soil, they enjoy it when it is deep and rich,
and the more it is made so the better they will grow.
Rheum Emodi is undoubtedly the handsomest
and most distinct of the genus in cultivation. The
figure conveys an accurate idea of the outline of its
leaves, and of its aspect when in flower. The large
leaves have their veins red, which distinguishes it from
any other species. It has a large and deep-feeding root,
black on the outside, and yellow within. The flowers
are very small, of a yellowish white. It comes up some-
what later than the common kinds, and is not by any
means common, though it may be found in botanic gar-
dens and nurseries where collections of herbaceous plants
are formed. It may, like all the species, be increased by
division, but a young plant should not be disturbed for
several years after being planted. It is a native of Nepaul.
The palmated rhubarb, Rheum palmatum, is immedi-
ately distinguished from its cultivated fellows by its leaves
Hardy herbaceous fine-foliaged Type.
Rhc
iin i.
l79
being deeply cut into lobes. It is scarcely so ornamental
'or imposing as the fuller-leaved kinds, but is an inter-
esting plant. I have seen it grown in some Irish gardens
for culinary purposes, but do not remember to have
noticed it in English kitchen-gardens. When well grown
in deep and rather light and well-drained earth, the
flowering-stem of this species attains a height of about
nine feet. It is a native of Tartary, and well deserves a
place. Rheum Ribes is a somewhat delicate species, a
native of Southern Persia, which may be seen in one or
two of our botanic gardens, and more frequently in those
of France ; but we fear it is not hardy enough to thrive
well in these islands. The most remarkable known
species is the Himalayan (R. nobile), which has its flower-
stems beautifully clothed with large straw-coloured and
pink-edged bracts, so as to form what may be termed a
pyramid of leaves ; but, as this species is not in cultiva-
tion, we need not describe it further. It would prove a
very welcome addition to our collection of hardy plants.
The common rhubarbs are said by some of our au-
thorities to have chiefly sprung from Rheum Rhapo?iti-
cum, and some of them have also come from the wavy-
leaved Rheum (R. undulatum). In any case, some of the
garden varieties of rhubarb are worth planting for orna-
mental purposes. They have been so planted in Hyde
Park, but in masses — not the proper way to employ them.
Kinds deserving of notice are R. austra/c, R. comp actum,
R. rugosum, R. Jiybridum, Victoria rhubarb (a garden
variety, with very large leaves and long red stalks),
Myatt's Linnaeus, and Prince Albert (also garden vari-
eties, and splendid ornamental plants). Mr. Shirley
N 2
1 80 Subtropical Gardening.
Hibberd says he has found Scott's Monarch to be the
most imposing and ornamental of all the garden'varieties.
*Rhus Cotinus {Venetian Sumach). — A bushy shrub,
about 6? ft. high, with simple, smooth, shining green
leaves, and a very remarkable feathery inflorescence of a
deep red colour. It requires a dry, gravelly, warm soil,
and will grow in the most arid positions. Where it
thrives the effect of its peculiar inflorescence is very fine
and distinct. It is used with most effect as an isolated
specimen, though it would group very well with such
plants as Lindley's Spiraea. S. Europe.
*Rhus glabra laciniata. — This variety of the
smooth or scarlet Sumach is a small shrub with compound
leaves, growing from 4 ft. to 7 ft. high, a native of
North America, with finely-cut and elegant leaves, the
strongest being about a foot long when the plants have
been established a year or two. When seen on an estab-
lished plant, these leaves combine the beauty of those of
the finest Grevillea with that of a fern frond, while
the youngest and unfolding leaves remind one of the
aspect of a finely-cut umbelliferous plant in spring. The
variety observable in the shape, size, and aspect of the
foliage makes the plant charming to look upon, while
the midribs of the fully-grown leaves are red, and in
autumn the whole glow off into bright colour after the
fashion of American shrubs and trees. During the entire
season it is presentable, and there is no fear of any vicissi-
tude of weather injuring it. Its great merit is that, in
addition to being so elegant in foliage, it has a very dwarf
habit, and is thoroughly hardy. Plants three years old
and undisturbed for the last two years are not more
«****&
RHUS G-LAJBRA LACIN]
Hardy deciduous Shrub Section.
Rhus. ' 1 8 1
than eighteen inches high. The heads of some are
branched, but these are not less elegant than when in
a simple-stemmed state, so that here we have clearly
a subject that will afford a charming fern-like effect
in the full sun, and add graceful verdure and dis-
tinction to the flower-garden. When the flowers show
after the plant is a few years old, they may be pinched
off; but this need only be practised in the case of per-
manent groups or plantings of it. To produce the effect
of a Grevillea or a fern on a small scale, we should of
course keep this graceful Rhus small and propagate it
like a bedding-plant. Like most other shrubs, it has a
tendency to branch; but to fully enjoy the beauty of
the leaves it is best to cut down the plants yearly, as
then the leaves given off from the simple erect stem are
much larger and more graceful. It will, however, be
necessary to allow it to become established before treat-
ing it in this way, as it is at present comparatively new
to our gardens. The figure, sketched early in August,
represents a young plant little more than a foot high,
which had been cut down to the ground during the spring
of the past year, and proves that its full beauty may
be enjoyed in a very small state. It may be most taste-
fully used in association with bedding-plants, or on banks
in or near the rock-garden or hardy fernery, planting it
in light sandy loam. The graceful mixtures and bouquet-
like beds that might be made with the aid of such plants
need not be suggested here, while of course an estab-
lished plant, or groups of three, might well form the
centre of a bed. Planting a very small bed or group
separately in the flower-garden, and many other uses
which cannot be enumerated here, will occur to those
1 82 Subtropical Gardening.
who have once tried it. Some hardy plants of fine foliage
are either so . rampant or so topheavy that they cannot
be wisely associated with bedding-plants. This is, on
the contrary, as tidy and tractable a grower as the most
fastidious could desire. It would be a mistake to put
such a pretty plant under or near rough trees and shrubs.
Give it the full sun, and good free soil.
*Rhus vernicifera is distinct from the preceding, and
has fine leaves. It is a native of Japan, and the source
of the best Japan varnish according to Thunberg. Use-
ful for grouping with the preceding or other hardy shrubs
of like character.
*Rieinus communis {Castor-oil Plant). — When
well grown in the open air, there is not in the whole
range of cultivated plants a more imposing subject than
this. It may have been seen nearly 12 ft. high in the
London parks of late years, and with leaves nearly 1 yd.
wide. It is true we require a bed of very rich deep earth
under it to make it attain such dimensions and beauty ;
but in all parts, and with ordinary attention, it grows
well. In warm countries, in which the plant is very
widely cultivated, it becomes a small tree, but is much
prettier in the state in which it is seen with us — i.e., with
an unbranched stem clothed from top to bottom with
noble leaves. Soon after it betrays a tendency to
develope side-shoots the cold autumn comes and puts an
end to all further progress; and so much the better,
because it is much handsomer in a simple-stemmed state
than any other. The same is true of not a few other
large-leaved plants — once they break into a number of
side-shoots their leaf beauty is to a great extent lost It
is as easily raised from seed as the common bean, re-
Ricimis. 183
quiring, however, to be raised in heat. It should be sown
about the middle of February, and the plants gradually
hardened off so as to be fit to put out by the middle of
May. The Ricinus is a grand plant for making bold and
noble beds near those of the more brilliant flowers, and
tends to vary the flower-garden finely. It is not well to
associate it closely with bedding-plants, in consequence
of the strong growth and shading power of the leaves,
so to speak. A good plan is to make a compact group
of the plant in the centre of some wide circular bed
and surround it with a band of a dwarfer subject, say
the Aralia or Caladium, and then finish with whatever
arrangement of the flowering plants may be most admired.
A bold and striking centre may be obtained, while the
effect of the flowers is much enhanced, especially if the
planting be nicely graduated and tastefully done. For
such groups the varieties of the Castor-oil plant are not
likely to be surpassed. East Indies.
The most notable varieties are R. c. sanguineus, the
stem, leaf-stalks, young leaves, and fruit of which are of a
blood-red colour ; R. c. borboniensis, which in southern
climates often attains the extraordinary height of 26 ft.
in one year ; R. c. giganfeus, a very tall kind from the
Philippine Islands.
Other kinds in cultivation are R. Bclot Dcsfougcres (a
7 ^ry tall and branching kind), R. viridis (of a uniform
lively green colour), R. ins ignis, R. africanus, R. africa-
nus albidus, R. minor, R. hybridus, R. microcarpus.
The better and richer the soil, and the warmer the
position, the more vigorous will be the growth of any of
the above. Copious watering in summer is indispensable.
184 Subtropical Gardening.
^Rumex Hydrolapathum. — A very large native
water-plant of a size and habit sufficiently striking to
entitle it to a place amongst ornamental subjects by the
water-side. The radical long-stalked leaves, which are
sometimes 2 ft. or more in length, form erect tufts of a
very imposing character. The flowering-stem is fre-
quently 6 ft. in height, and bears a very large, dense,
pyramidal panicle of a reddish or olive-fawn colour. The
plant is most effective in autumn, when the leaves change
to a lurid red colour, which they retain for some time.
*Saccharum aegyptiacum. — A vigorous perennial
grass, forming ample tufts of reed-like downy stems 6£ ft.
to 13 ft. high, and clothed with very graceful foliage, well
adapted for ornamenting the margins of pieces of water,
the slopes and other parts of pleasure-grounds, etc., in a
warm position. In our climate it does not flower, but
even without its fine feathery plumes it is a pretty plant
from its foliage and habit alone. Easily and quickly
multiplied by division in spring ; the offsets to be started
in a frame or pit. When established they may be planted
out in May or June. N. Africa.
*Sagittaria sagittifolia. — A British water-plant,
affording the most remarkable example of the arrow-
shaped leaf to be met with among hardy plants. These
leaves stand erect, from 1 ft. to i^ ft. above the water,
and from the middle of the tuft the flowering-stem rises
in August to the height of i^ ft. to 2^ ft The flowers
are of a pale rosy-white colour. There is a variety with
double flowers (S. sagittifolia flore pkno), which resemble
the flowers of the double Rocket. Both the double and
single kinds should have a place among water or bog
plants.
SEAFORTHIA ELEGANS.
Conservatory Palm ; standing well in the open air in summer.
Salvia — Scirpits — ScafortJiia. 185
*Salvia argentea (S. patula). — A handsome biennial
about 3^ ft. high, forming broad spreading rosettes of
large, oval, heart-shaped leaves, densely covered with
long silky hairs of a silvery whiteness, and bearing large
panicles of white flowers. An excellent subject for
grouping on grass-plats or the uneven parts of pleasure-
grounds. Where the effect of the foliage only is desired
the flower-stems should be pinched off as soon as they
appear ; the leaves will then preserve their freshness and
silvery colour throughout the year. A light, sandy, or
gravelly soil is the most suitable. Easily propagated by
sowing in autumn, and keeping the seedlings in a cold
frame through the winter, giving them air as often as
possible, and watering very moderately. This plant is
most effective during its first summer, and before it makes
an attempt to flower. S. Europe.
*Scirpus lacustris {Bulrush). — This giant rush
sends up numerous smooth green stems as thick as the
finger at the base, and from 3 ft. to 8 ft. high. In still
water the bases of these are covered with leafless sheaths,
but in running water the uppermost sheath produces at
its extremity a leaf of several inches in length, in addition
to which numerous barren tufts of leaves, often of great
length, and resembling those of Sparganiutn ctffine, are
also produced. When in flower, the stems are crowned
with short, umbel-like, chestnut-coloured panicles. It is
very effective on the margins of lakes or streams, asso-
ciated with other tall and imposing aquatic plants.
Seaforthia elegans. — One of the most beautiful of
the Palm family, from the northern parts of Australia,
where it attains a height of about 30 ft., but in this
1 86 Subtropical Gardening.
country seldom arrives at more than half its full size.
The leaves are from 2 ft. to 10 ft. in length, and are
divided into numerous narrow leaflets from 1 ft. to i? ft.
long, and of a dark green colour. The whole plant is
perfectly smooth, and is one of the finest subjects in
cultivation for the conservatory, greenhouse, or sub-
tropical garden. It may be placed in the open air from
the middle or end of May until the beginning of October.
It is too scarce as yet to be procurable by horticulturists
generally, but should be looked for by all who take an
interest in these matters and have a house in which to
grow it. It stands well in the conservatory during the
winter, though generally kept in the stove, where of
course it grows beautifully. There are hardier kinds —
the dwarf Fan-palm for example — but on the whole none
of them are so valuable as this.
Senecio Ghiesbreghtii. — A handsome Mexican
plant with stout, round, spotted stems, 3 to 4 ft. high,
and large oval-oblong, thick, coarsely-toothed leaves
of a light green colour, and slightly rolled down at the
margin. Flowers small, yellow, very numerous, in corym-
bose clusters of enormous size. A useful plant for
isolation on grass-plats, or for beds, etc. Young plants
are to be preferred for this purpose, as the old ones are
apt to become bare and ragged-looking at the base.
Plant in a mixture of peat soil and free loam at the end
of May. Multiplied by cuttings in winter, struck under
glass in a temperate heat in early spring.
Senecio Petasites (Cineraria platan if olio). — An-
other Mexican species, nearly 3^- ft. high, with a stout,
half-shrubby, slightly-branching stem, and large, dark-
Sen ceio — Seseli — SilpJi iu m. 187
green, roughish, lobed leaves. It requires a substantial,
but free and cool soil, and may be multiplied at almost
any season by cuttings. It requires greenhouse pro-
tection in winter, grows freely in the open air planted
out in early summer, and is suitable for beds or groups
associated with the medium-sized subjects.
* Seseli gummiferum. {Silvery Seseli). — An umbel-
liferous plant with elegantly-divided leaves of a peculiarly
pleasing glaucous or almost silvery tone. I am not sure
whether this plant is perennial or not, and it is not hardy
on cold soils, having perished during several of our most
severe winters, but it is so unique in its way that some
persons might like to grow it, and if so the best position
is on dry and sunny banks, or raised beds or borders. It
is one of the few subjects that are at once fern-like and
silvery, and if plentiful enough might be used to form
charming edgings. It is not difficult to raise from seed,
which should be sown soon after being gathered. As it
is liable to perish in winter, perhaps the best way to deal
with it would be to put it out annually at the end of
spring, raising it and keeping it in frames for this pur-
pose ; and to secure seeds a few plants might be left in
10 in. or 12 in. pots, so that the seed might be gathered
under cover. Doubtless, however, continental raisers
can supply it. S. Russia.
*Silphium integrifolium. — This composite has a
rough, vigorous, rigid, slightly four-angled, grooved stem,
from 2 ft. to 4 ft. high, and leaves from 3 ins. to 5 ins.
long, all opposite, lanceolate-ovate, entire, tapering to a
sharp point from a roundish heart-shaped and partly-
clasping base, and covered with a roughish down. The
1 88 Stibtropical Gardening.
flower-heads are of a greenish-yellow, on short stalks, in a
close, forking corymb. A variety (S. lave) has the leaves
and stem smooth, or nearly so. This and the following
kinds are only suited for the rougher parts of the pleasure-
ground, and by wood-walks, etc. ; they will be seen to
greatest advantage in rich and deep soil, but will grow in
any kind. Division. N. America.
*Silphium laciniatum (Compass-plant). — A vigor-
ous perennial with a stout, round stem, often upwards of
8 ft. in height. The leaves, which are collected chiefly
about the base of the plant, are large, wrinkled, and deeply-
divided into lance-shaped, pointed segments, and fringed
with white hairs. The stem-leaves are few, much smaller,
and opposite. Flowers of a fine yellow with a brownish
centre, in large, few, solitary, short-stalked, horizontal or
drooping heads, which have the peculiarity of facing to
the east. Division. N. America.
*Silphium perfoliatum (Cup-plant). — A robust-
growing North American perennial from 4 ft. to 8 ft. in
height, with a square stem and broad, opposite, oval,
lance-shaped, coarsely toothed leaves, 6 ins. to 15 ins. long,
rough on both sides, the upper ones united at their bases ;
the lower ones abruptly narrowed into winged leaf-stalks,
which are also united at their bases. Flower-heads about
2 ins. across, with a greenish-yellow disk and a yellow ray. .
Does best in a deep, free, well-drained, sandy soil, but
will grow well when the ground is slightly moist, espe-
cially in warm, but not too shady, positions. Division.
*Silphium terebinthinaceum (Prairie- Dock). — A
large kind with smooth slender stems from 4 ft. to 10 ft.
high, panicled at the summit, and bearing many small
Silp Ji in in — Silybum . 189
heads of light yellow flowers. The leaves are ovate-
oblong, thick and rough, especially beneath, and from
1 ft. to 2 ft. long, on slender stalks. A variety (pinna-
tifidum) has the leaves deeply cut or pinnatifid. This
species is remarkable for its strong turpentine odour.
Division. N. America.
*Silphium trifoliatum. — This species has a smooth,
often glaucous, rather slender stem, from 4 ft. to 6 ft.
high, branching above. Leaves lance-shaped, pointed,
entire or scarcely serrate, short-stalked, in whorls of three
or four, the uppermost ones opposite. Flower-heads
yellow, more than 2 ins. across, on long stalks, and form-
ing loose panicles. Division. N. America.
*Silybum marianum (Milk-thistle). — A very ro-
bust and vigorous-growing native biennial, 5 ft. or more
in height, of strikingly handsome appearance, and well
deserving to be associated with other large nne-foliaged
plants. Its leaves are of very great size, variously cut
and undulated, tipped and margined with scattered spines,
and of a bright glistening green colour marbled and
variegated with broad white veins. Easily raised from
seed, and thrives in almost any kind of well-drained soil.
Additional vigour and development may be thrown into
the foliage by pinching off the flower-stems on their first
appearance. If a few plants are raised in the garden
and planted out in rough and somewhat bare places or
banks, etc., this will soon establish itself permanently.
Silybum eburneum is a more tender species, very
closely resembling the above, but with spines which
appear as if made of ivory. It is also more constantly
biennial, and in consequence its leaves are almost always
1 90 Subtropical Gardening.
in the rosette stage throughout the first year. It is
somewhat tenderer than S. marianum. Algeria.
The Solanums. — This family, so wonderfully varied,
affords numerous species that look graceful and imposing
in leaf when in a young and free-growing state. In
selecting examples from this great genus we must be
careful, as our climate is a shade too cold for some of the
kinds grown on the continent, and many of them are of
too ragged an aspect to be tolerated in a tasteful garden.
Half a dozen species or so are indispensable, but there is
quite a crowd of narrow-leaved and ignoble ones which
may well be passed over.
Most of these plants may be raised from seed, while
they are also freely grown from cuttings, which struck in
February will make good plants by May. All the kinds
named are suitable for association with the larger-leaved
plants, though they do not as a rule attain such height
and vigorous development as those of the first rank, like
the Ricinus. As a rule, temperate-house treatment in
winter is required, and they should be planted out about
the middle or end of May, in rich light soil, a warm
position, and perfect shelter. S. marginatum, planted
in a very dwarf and young state, furnishes a most distinct
and charming effect : it should be planted rather thinly,
so that the leaves of one plant may not brush against
those of another. If some very dwarf plants are used
as a groundwork, so much the better ; but the downy and
silvery leaves of this plant are sure to please without
this aid. It is very much better when thus grown than
when permitted to assume the bush form.
Solarium betaceum. — A small tree from South
'LANUM ROBUSTUM.
lender Section ; making vigorous growth during the summer months.
Solan itni. 191
America, which in our climate attains a height of nearly
10 ft. if taken up in autumn and kept through the winter
in a house. The stems are stout, smooth, and fleshy.
The leaves, which resemble those of the Beet, are of an
oval, pointed shape, and of a deep green colour, tinged
with violet in the variety purpureum. The flowers are
small, rose-colour, in pendent cyme-like clusters, and are
succeeded by fruit of the shape and size of a fowl's egg,
which become of a fine deep scarlet colour during the
winter. Some varieties have flowers tinged with purple
and fruit striped with brown. May be placed to great
advantage in groups in round beds with dwarfer plants or
shrubs at the base, or with climbing plants ascending the
stems, but is much better isolated on slopes, etc. It is a
vigorous grower, and should have rich soil.
Solarium crinitipes. — A slow-growing woody species
"ith undivided oval leaves somewhat more than a foot
long : the young stems and flower-stalks being densely
covered with chaffy hairs somewhat like those of a fern.
This I have not seen thrive so well in England as the
preceding kind, but it is well worthy of trial in full collec-
tions in the southern counties. S. America.
Solarium crinitum. — A vigorous-growing species
from Guiana, 5 ft. or more in height, with stout stems, set
with short strong spines and dense long hairs. It has very
large, soft, hairy, spreading, roundish leaves, which in good
soil attain a length of 2? ft. : the upper surface of a
tender green colour with violet veinings set with spines,
as are also the leaf-stalks ; the under side whitish and
more thickly furnished with spines. The hairs and bark
on the upper portion of each petiole are of a purplish hue,
192 Subtropical Gardening.
and, on the lower part, of a light pale green, by which the
plant may be readily recognised. The flowers are very
large and white. Berries roundish, villose, and twice or
thrice as large as a cherry. This I have seen attain
a very remarkable development in sheltered warm spots
in "the south of England. It is fine in medium-sized
groups.
Solarium hyporhodium. — A fine branching kind
from Venezuela, with a stout stem about 5 ft. high, and
branches armed with short thinly-scattered spines. The
leaves, which attain a length of nearly 2^ ft., are oval,
with angular sinuated lobes, the upper surface being of a
fine green colour with white veins, and the under side of
a violet-red and downy. When young the hue of the
leaves is exceedingly lively. The flowers are borne in
almost lateral cymes and are of a rosy-white colour with
yellow stamens. This plant is sometimes sold as S. dis-
color and S. purpureum, but is quite distinct from them.
Solarium Karstenii. — This, which is more commonly
known as S. callicarpitm, is a robust, slightly branching,
arborescent shrub about 5 ft. high, covered with long
hairs interspersed with spines and of a general variable
greyish -violet hue. The leaves are oval, broad, angular,
heart-shaped at the base, and 2 ft. or more in length. The
flowers are large, of a fine delicate violet colour, and
borne in crowded, almost one-sided clusters. This plant
is best isolated, as when placed in close groups the leaves
of the associated subjects are apt to tear it. Venezuela.
Solarium lanceolatum. — This is the best kind for
blooming qualities. The foliage, which is somewhat
fluffy and willow-like, possesses no marked character,
Solatium. 193
but the mauve-coloured flowers are borne abundantly in
clusters, each containing 20 or more blooms : the stamens,
being of an orange colour, add to the effect. There are
a dozen or more species that flower freely but have little
beauty of leaf : among the best of these is £. Rantonncttii,
which has very pretty dark-purple flowers, more than an
inch across, with an orange centre. It forms a neat bush,
and flowers freely in the southern counties, in warm
sunny spots and on light soils. Mexico.
Solarium macranthum. — A fine species from Brazil,
confessedly one of the best kinds in cultivation, and some-
what resembling Polymnia grandis. It grows nearly
7 ft. high in one year, with a stout, simple, spiny stem of
a deep shining green with grayish spots, and sparsely
armed with very strong shortish spines. The leaves are
elegant and deeply cut, some of them over 2\ ft. long,
falling gracefully earthwards, of a light green on the upper
surface, with red veinings, the under side having a reddish
hue. The flowers, seldom seen with us, are of a fine
violet colour, and grow in corymbs. It will not attain
its full character and large dimensions in cold places, and
should therefore have as warm positions as possible.
Increased by cuttings struck in February : they are fit to
plant out in May.
Solarium marginatum.— A vigorous-growing, erect,
branching and bushy species from Abyssinia, 3 ft., or
more, in height. The leaves are somewhat oval, with
a bluntly sinuated margin ; the upper surface smooth, of
a brilliant green with a white silvery border, and the
under side covered with a white satiny down. The
flowers are white, with orange stamens, pendulous, very
o
194 Sttb tropical Gardening.
numerous, in clusters. For the positions suited to this
plant see the introductory remarks on the genus.
Solarium Quitoense. — A half-shrubby native of Peru
and the neighbourhood of Quito, seldom growing higher
than 31 ft. in cultivation. The stem is spineless,
covered with a soft down, and of a delicate green colour
suffused with violet, which exhibits iridescent changes.
The leaves are broad, stalked, obcordate, with toothed
angles, and of a fine green colour, with violet downy
veins. Flowers rather large, white, tinged with lilac on
the top when in bud, in short clusters. It requires a
warm position and a wrarm season to bring out its best
qualities.
Solarium robustum. — A Brazilian species with a
vigorous much-branching stem more than 3 ft. high, and
furnished with very sharp and strong spines and densely-
set, long, reddish, viscous hairs. The leaves, which are
very large, are of a rich brown colour on the upper surface
and oval-elliptical in form, with 8 or 9 oval-acute lobes,
the upper ones nearly triangular ; and the midrib and
principal veins, which are of a brown colour, are closely
set with spines similar to those on the stem. The flowers
are white, with orange stamens, and are borne in unilateral
clusters. The berries are round, of a brown colour, and
the size of a small cherry. As a foliage-plant this is
a subject of considerable merit, and one of those most
suitable for our climate. It requires a warm sunny aspect
in a position which will be at the same time airy and
sheltered from strong winds.
Solarium Sieglingii. — A large and handsome kind,
which forms a small tree about 13 ft. high after some
•..A. , , .
-'■Laj: m warscewiczii.
Tender Section ; making noble leaves in the open garden in summer.
Solanum — Sonchus. 195
years' growth. The foliage is of a light-green colour,
tinged here and there with rose, and sparsely armed with
spines ; the young unfolded leaves are slightly tinged with
violet. Flowers numerous, small and white, appearing
when the plant is two or three years old. A good kind
which has been little tried in England. Venezuela.
Solanum Warscewiczii. — A very fine and orna-
mental kind, resembling S. macrantkum, but with a lower
and more thickset habit, and branching more at the base.
The leaf-stalks also, and upper branches, are of a red
colour, glandular, and scaly; and the flowers are white
and small. The stem is armed with strong slightly re-
curved spines, and both the stems and the petioles of the
leaves are covered with a very dense crop of short stiff
brown hairs scarcely rising above the skin. This is one
of the handsomest and best kinds we have.
Sonchus laciniatus. — A very graceful composite
plant, from Madeira, with a stout stem, growing to a
height of more than 5 ft., and large deeply-cut leaves
with linear-lance-shaped segments. Flower-heads yellow.
When grouped on grass-plats, or open spaces in pleasure-
grounds, the fine foliage of this plant is seen to very great
advantage ; but being so slender and delicate the plants
must be placed where they may be seen. It should be
planted out at the end of May, and thrives best in rich,
substantial soil, in a warm sunny position. Very numerous
varieties, with the leaves variously divided and of various
shades of green, have been advertised in catalogues under
specific names, as S. lyratus, S. gummi/erus, etc., etc.
Many of these are quite as charming as the type, and are
well adapted for the same uses.
o 2
ig6 Subtropical Gardening.
*Sorghum halepense. — A handsome hardy grass
from S. Europe, N. Africa, and Syria, with an erect stem
about 3^ ft. high, and broad flat leaves more than i ft.
long, chiefly collected round the base of the plant. It is
most attractive when in flower in the end of summer, the
inflorescence consisting of a dense panicle of purplish
awned flowers. Suitable for isolation, groups, or borders.
Sparmannia africana. — A beautiful flowering stove-
shrub from 3 ft. to 12 ft. high, very much resembling
a Malva in habit, with long-stalked, heart-shaped, lobed
leaves, clothed with soft down, and numerous pretty white
flowers produced in stalked umbels. It thrives freely in
the open air in the south of England, from the end of
May to October, if planted in rich light soil and in warm
positions. Cape of Good Hope.
*Spirsea Aruncus. — This is a remarkably handsome
and effective plant, from 3+ ft. to 5 ft. high, with ele-
gantly-divided leaves, which bear some resemblance to
the fronds of certain ferns. The flowers are white, and
are disposed above the foliage in graceful, airy plumes.
A cool, peaty soil, and a slightly-shaded position, are best
suited for this plant, and it may be placed with advantage
on slopes with a north aspect, the banks of streams or
pieces of water, in glades, and thinly-planted shrubberies,
etc. Division. Siberia.
*Spirsea Filipendula. — A hardy, native perennial,
with elegant foliage and handsome flowers. The leaves
are mostly radical, very finely cut, and form a loosely-
spreading rosette. The flower-stems rise to a height of
i-t ft. to 2 ft., and are terminated by dense panicles of
rosy-white flowers. There is a fine variety with double
Spircca. 197
flowers. This plant is included here only in consequence
of the resemblance of its leaves to a pinnate-leaved fern.
By pinching off the flowers it may be used with good
effect as a green, fern-like edging plant, and it is pretty in
borders. Division in winter or spring.
*Spiraea (Hoteia) japonica. — A handsome, herba-
ceous perennial, forming rich tufts of dark shining green
much-divided leaves, which have a somewhat fern-like
appearance. These tufts are usually from a foot to 16 ins.
high. The flowers are very freely produced in graceful
panicles, of which the bracts, little flower-stems, and all
the ramifications are, like the flowers, white. It is par-
ticularly fond of a sandy peat, or very sandy loam, a
sheltered position, and moist soil. Multiplied by division
of the tufts in spring or the end of summer. Japan.
*Spirsea Lindleyana. — A graceful shrub, with
erect stems, from 6^- ft. to nearly 10 ft. high, and L
compound leaves, with finely-toothed leaflets. Flowers
late in summer, white, in very large and handsome ter-
minal panicles. This well-known plant is second to none
for its grace and distinctness, both of foliage and flower.
It is a native of the Himalayas, and easily procured in
our nurseries; it should receive far more attention than
the majority of our shrubs do, and should be employed
both in a young and fully-grown state in and near the
flower-garden. Few things, tender or hardy, known in
our gardens, afford a better effect than may be obtained
from this.
It is probably one of those plants which would look
exceedingly effective if trained to a single stem and
cut down every year, as recommended for the Ailantus
198 Subtropical Gardening.
and the Paulownia ; but I have had no experience of it
in this way, and its natural habit is sufficiently graceful.
Stadmannia Jonghei. — A tall and stately foliage-
plant from Australia, where it attains the dimensions of a
small tree, with dark shining green pinnate leaves ; the
divisions oblong-pointed, with serrated margins, and
of a paler colour underneath. Bears the open air of the
southern counties in summer well, if placed in sunny and
sheltered spots.
*Statice latifolia. — A hardy and very ornamental
herbaceous perennial from Russia, with broad leaves,
which form a rosette or tuft more or less spreading.
The flower-stem is more than 2 ft. high, and very
much branched ; the branches commencing at from
4 ins. to 8 ins. above the ground, and forming a large
and exceedingly handsome panicle of flowers of a light-
blue colour, tinged with the greyish hue of the numerous
membranous bracts and thin dry calyces. A well-drained,
sandy soil, in an open sunny position, is the best for this
plant, which, however, grows in any ordinary garden-soil,
and is admirably adapted for naturalisation or grouping
with the acanthuses, tritomas, etc., the effect of the inflor-
escence being very remarkable.
*Stipa pennata {Feather-grass). — This plant, which
at other times is hardly to be distinguished from a strong,
stiff tuft of common grass, presents, in May and June, a
very different appearance, the tuft being then surmounted
by numerous flower-stems, nearly 2 ft. high, gracefully
arching, and densely covered, for a considerable part of
their upper extremity, with long, twisted, feathery awns.
It loves a. deep, sandy loam, and may be used with fair
Strnthioptcris — Tamarix. 1 99
effect in groups of small plants, or isolated; but its flowers
continue too short a time in bloom to make it very valu-
able away from borders.
*Struthiopteris germanica. — One of the most ele-
gant hardy ferns, with fronds resembling ostrich-plumes
in shape, nearly 3 ft. long, and arranged in a somewhat
erect, vase-like rosette. It is particularly suited for the
embellishment of the slopes of pleasure-grounds, cascades,
grottoes, and rough rockwork, the margins of streams
and pieces of water, and will thrive in moist and deep
sandy soil, either in the full sunshine or in the shade.
S. pennsylvaiiica very closely resembles S. germanica, the
chief point of difference being the narrowness of the
fertile fronds of the former species. Both kinds will
prove very effective in adding beauty of form to a garden,
and should by no means be confined to the fernery
proper. Central Europe.
*Tamarix. — These very elegant hardy shrubs may
be used with excellent effect in the flower-garden and
pleasure-ground, though they are at present seldom
employed in these places. T. gallica or anglica is found
apparently wild in several parts of the south of England,
and other kinds, such as germanica, parviflora, tetrandra,
spectabilis, and indica, are also in cultivation. In the
neighbourhood of Paris T. indica thrives very freely,
and forms beautiful hedges, but is cut down by frost
during some winters. It would probably do better in the
south of England. The plants have minute leaves and
very elegantly-panicled branches, which gives them a
feathery effect, somewhat like that of the most graceful
conifers, and, if possible, more elegant : the roseate
2 co Subtropical Gardening.
panicles of small flowers are also very pretty. A finer
effect would be obtained from these shrubs by isolating
them on the grass than in any other way.
*Tanacetum vulgare var. crispum. — A very ele-
gant variety of the common tansy, much dwarfer in sta-
ture, and with smaller emerald-green leaves, which are
very elegantly cut, and have a crisped or frizzled appear-
ance. It is quite hardy, and forms an effective ornament
on the margins of shrubberies, near rockwork, etc. It
does best fully exposed, and probably the only way in
which it can be benefited after planting — in deep and
rather moist soil it does best, but will grow "anywhere" —
is by thinning out the shoots in spring, so that each re-
maining one shall have free room to suspend its exquisite
leaves ; thinned thus, it looks much better than when the
stems are crowded, and of course, if it is done in time,
they individually attain more strength and dignity. The
flowers should be pinched off before they open. Britain.
Thalia dealbata. — This is one of the finest aquatic
plants which we can employ in the embellishment of
pieces of water, streams, etc. In a warm and sheltered
position, and on a substantial and rich bottom, it grows
vigorously, sometimes attaining a height of 6 ft. The
best mode of growing it is in pots or tubs pierced with
holes, in a mixture of stiff peat and clayey soil, with a
portion of river-mud and sand. In winter these pots or
tubs may be submerged to a greater depth, and the
plants be thus effectually protected. It would not attain
the above size out of doors except in warm places in the
southern counties, in which it might be planted out
directly without taking the precautions above described.
Thalia — TJialictrum — Tritoma. 20 1
It is generally grown in the stove in this country. N.
America.
*Thalictrum minus. — One of the most elegant-
leaved of our native plants, forming compact, roundish
bushes, from a foot to 18 ins. high, very symmetrical, and
of a slightly glaucous hue. It may be grown in any soil,
and requires only one little attention, namely, to pinch
off the slender flower-stems that appear in May and June.
Not alone in its aspect, as a little bushy tuft, does it
resemble the " Maidenhair Fern," as Adiantum cuneatum
is often called, but the leaves are almost pretty enough
to pass, when mingled with flowers, for those of the fern ;
they are also stirrer and more lasting than fern-leaves, and
are well suited for mingling with vases of flowers, etc.
There are probably several " forms " or varieties of this
plant. It would look very pretty isolated in large tufts
as an edging, or in borders, or in groups of dwarf subjects.
Easily increased by division.
*The Tritomas. — So hardy, so magnificent in colour-
ing, and so fine in form are these plants, that we can no
more dispense with their use in the garden where beauty
of form as well as colour is to prevail, than we can with
the noble Pampas grass. They are more conspicuously
beautiful, when other things begin to succumb before the
gusts and heavy rains of autumn, than any plants which
flower in the bright days of midsummer. It is not alone
as component parts of large ribbon-borders and in such
positions that these grand plants are useful, but in almost
any part of the garden. Springing up as a bold, close
group on the green turf, and away from brilliant sur-
roundings, they are more effective than when associated
202 Subtropical Gardening.
with bedding plants ; and of course many such spots
may be found for them near the margins of the shrub-
beries in most pleasure-grounds. It is in an isolated group,
flaming up amid the verdure of trees and shrubs and
grass, that their dignified aspect and brilliant colour are
seen to best advantage. However, tastefully disposed in
the flower-garden, they will prove generally useful, and
particularly for association with the finer autumn-flowering
herbaceous plants. A most satisfactory result may be
produced by associating the Tritomas with the Pampas
grass and the two Arundos, the large Statice latifolia,
and the strong and beautiful autumn-flowering Anemone
japonica alba, which is peculiarly suited for association
with hardy herbaceous plants of fine habit, and should
be in every garden where a hardy flower is valued.
The Tritomas are not fastidious as to soil, and with a
little preparation of the ground may be grown almost
anywhere. They thrive with extraordinary vigour and
freedom where the soil is very sandy as well as rich and
deep, and are readily multiplied by division.
As every garden should be embellished by well-deve-
loped specimens or groups of these fine plants, those
who have very poor and thin, or pure clay soils, would
do well to excavate the ground to the depth of 2 ft. or
3 ft., and fill in with good rich loam. When the soil is
deep, no watering will be required.
*Tritoma Burchelli. — This kind is distinguished by
the lighter green of its leaves, by its black-spotted flower-
stem, and especially by the colour of its flowers, which
are crimson at the base, passing into carmine in the
middle, and pale-yellow or greenish at the tips. There
Tritoma. 203
is a variety which has the leaves variegated or striped
with white, but it is somewhat tender and rare.
*Tritoma glauca. — A dwarfer kkid than T. Uvaria,
with leaves of a sea-green colour, and very large spikes
of scarlet-and-yellow flowers, which, when in bud, are
hidden by long, sea-green bracts, streaked and rayed with
white. There is a scarce variety with recurved leaves
(T. g. recurvata), which has somewhat of the habit of a
Bromelia. S. Africa.
*Tritoma praecox. — A recently-introduced, hand-
some, hardy perennial, with very much the habit of
T. Uvaria. The flower-stem grows from 20 ins. to 2 ft.
high, and the flowers, which are produced about the
middle of May, are of a bright-red colour when exposed
to the full sun, and of a bright-yellow when grown in the
shade. The leaves are fully 2 ft. long, sharply keeled,
and with toothed edges. S. Africa.
*Tritoma Uvaria. — A very ornamental and well-known
kind from S. Africa, forming thick tufts of linear, erect
leaves. It is a vigorous grower, and small specimens
have been known in three years to form tufts from 3 ft.
to 4 ft. through, bearing from 50 to 100 flower-spikes.
The flowering-stems are about 3} ft. in height, and the
flowers are borne in dense conical "clusters at the top.
The upper part of the cluster, containing the young
flowers, is of a coral-red colour, the lower part yellow,
all the flowers gradually changing to this colour. Other
varieties in cultivation are — T. U grandis or grandiflora,
which is much taller than the preceding kind, with stouter
stems and larger flower-spikes; T. U Rooperi, which
only differs from the type in being somewhat dwarfer
204 Subtropical Gardening.
in habit and having softish or flaccid leaves, frequently
falling forward; it also flowers later; and T. U. Lindley-
ana, which has erect, very rigid leaves, and more deeply-
coloured flowers than the type.
Tupidanthus calyptratus. — A noble subtropical
plant from Bengal, standing in the open air from the
beginning of June till October without the slightest injury.
The leaves are large, deeply-divided, and of a dark shining
green colour. It requires stove treatment in winter and
spring, and is suitable for beds or planting singly.
*Typha latifolia (Reed-Mace). — A native aquatic
plant, growing in tufts of 2 -rowed flat leaves from \\ ft.
to 2 ft. long, and 1 in. or 1* in. wide. From the centre
of each tuft springs a stem 6 ft. or 7 ft. high, which in
the flowering season is terminated by a close cylindrical
spike 9 ins. long, and of a dark-olive colour, changing to
a brownish-black as it ripens. This is one of the most
striking and ornamental of our British water-plants, and
may be used with excellent effect grouped with such
subjects as the Great Water-Dock.
*Typha angustifolia resembles the preceding species
in all respects except in the size of its leaves and spike.
The leaves are about \ in. wide and the spike about % in.
in diameter, and something shorter than that of T. lati-
folia. Of the two it is perhaps the more graceful in aspect.
Uhdea bipinnatifida. — This ' is one of the most
useful plants in its class, producing a rich mass of hand-
some leaves, with somewhat the aspect of those of the
great cow-parsnips, but of a more refined type. The
foliage has a slightly silvery tone, and the plant con-
tinues to grow fresh and vigorously till late in autumn.
i lidca.
20 ■
It is well suited for forming rich masses of foliage,
not so tall, however, as those formed by such things as
Ricinus or Ferdinanda. It is freely propagated by cuttings
taken from old plants kept in a cool stove, greenhouse,
or pit during the winter months, and placed in heat to
- -va& ~ f& &£&/ *'fli rV<
■•
Uhdea bipinnatifida.
afford cuttings freely in early spring. Under ordinary
cutting treatment on hotbeds or in a moist warm pro-
pagating house, it grows as freely as could be desired,
and may be planted out at the end of May or the
beginning of June. Mexico.
20 6 Subtropical Gardening.
Uhdea pyramidata. — This kind has been less cul-
tivated in England than the preceding, from which it is
distinct in appearance. It is of a lighter and fresher
green, and inclined to grow larger in habit, having more
of the aspect of a Malva in foliage. Useful for the same
purposes as the preceding kind, but not so valuable.
*Veratrum album {White Hellebore).— A handsome,
erect perennial of pyramidal habit, 3^ ft. to 5 ft. high, with
curiously plaited leaves 1 ft. long and 6 ins. to 8 ins. broad,
regularly alternating on the stem and overlapping each
other at the base. The flowers, of a yellowish -white
colour, are borne in numerous dense spikes on the top
of the stem, forming a large panicle. The leaves being
handsome, it is worth a place in full collections of fine-
foliaged hardy herbaceous plants, and would look to
best advantage in small groups in the rougher parts of
the pleasure-ground and by wood-walks. Thrives best
in peaty soil, and is best multiplied by division, as the
seed is very slow and capricious in germinating, some-
times not starting until the second year, and it is some
years before the seedlings are strong enough to flower.
The root of this plant is exceedingly poisonous. V.
nigrum differs from V. album, in having more slender
stems, narrower leaves, and blackish-purple flowers. V.
viridiflorum resembles V. album in every respect, except
that its flowers are of a lively green colour. France.
*Verbascum Chaixii. — Most of us know how very
distinct and imposing are the larger Verbascums, and
those who have attempted their culture must soon have
found out what far-seeding things they are. Of a bien-
nial character, their culture is most unsatisfactory : they
Verbascum — Verbesina — J J Igandia, 207
either migrate into the adjoining shrubbery or disappear
altogether. The possession of a fine perennial species
must therefore be a desideratum, and such a plant will
be found in Verbascum Chaixii. This is fine in leaf and
stature, and produces abundance of flowers. The lower
leaves grow 18 ins. or 20 ins. long, and the plant when
in flower reaches a height of 7 ft. or 8 ft., or even more
when in good soil. It is a truly distinct subject, and
may, it is to be hoped, ere long be found common in
our gardens and nurseries. Like the preceding, but
grown under the name V. vernale, is a kind I saw in the
Jardin des Plantes at Paris, and introduced into culti-
vation in England ; but it is as yet scarce.
Verbesina gigantea. — An ornamental shrub from
Jamaica, about 6^ ft. high, forming, when young, a
very pleasing subject for decorative purposes, its round
green stems being covered with large, winged, pinnate
leaves of a glistening delicate-green colour, and very
elegant outline. Suitable for rich beds or groups ; and
should be planted out at the end of May or early in
June. V. pinnatifida is a rough, half-shrubby species
with a winged stem and woolly oval leaves with lobed
or toothed margins j they are larger than those of the
preceding species, growing 3 ft. long by 14 ins. broad in
the first year. Both species require hothouse treatment
in winter, and are multiplied by cuttings in early spring.
Young plants are to be preferred for effect, and will
be much the better for as warm and sheltered a posi-
tion and as rich and light a soil as can be conveniently
given them.
Wigandia macrophylla (caracasana). — This noble
2o8 Stibtropical Gardening.
plant, a native of the mountainous regions of New Gra-
nada, is, from the nobility of its port and the magnificence
of its leaves, entitled to hold a place among the finest
plants of our gardens. Under the climate of London it
has made leaves which have surprised all beholders, as well
by their size as by their strong and remarkable veining
and texture. It will be found to succeed very well in the
midland and southern counties of England, though too
much care cannot be taken to secure for it a warm shel-
tered position, free good soil, and perfect drainage. It
may be used with superb effect either in a mass or as a
single plant. It is frequently propagated by cuttings of
the roots, and grown in a moist and genial temperature
through the spring months, keeping it near the light
so as to preserve it in a dwarf and well-clothed con-
dition ; and, like all the other plants in this class, it
should be very carefully hardened off previous to plant-
ing out at the end of May. It is, however, much better
raised from cuttings of the shoots, if these are to be
had. It may also be raised from seed. W. macrophylla
has the stems covered with short stinging hairs, and bear-
ing brownish viscid drops, which adhere to the hand like
oil when the stem is touched.
W. Vigieri is another fine kind of quick and vigorous
growth, and remarkable habit. In the beginning of Sep-
tember, 1867, 1 measured a specimen with leaves 3 ft. 9 ins.
long, including the leaf-stalk, and 22 ins. across; the stem,
nearly 7 ft. high and 3 ins. in diameter, bearing a column
of such leaves. It is known at a glance from the popular
and older W. macrophylla, by the leaves and the stems
being covered in a much greater degree with glossy,
■
^^> 's%
WIGANDIA MACROPHYI.LA. [W. caracasana).
Tender Section ; making noble leaves in the open air in summer
Woodu hi rdia — Xa n th osoma — Yitcca . 209
slender, stinging bodies. These are so thickly produced
as to give the stems a glistening appearance. W. urens
is another species often planted, but decidedly inferior
to either of the foregoing, except in power of stinging,
in which way it is not likely to be surpassed.
Woodwardia. — This noble genus of ferns is of
great and peculiar use in the subtropical garden, where
their broad and beautifully arching fronds make very
effective objects, especially when planted in a vase, on
the top of a stump, or small mound, a little above
the level of the eye. The principal species are : W.
orient alls, IV. radicans, JV. jafionica, IV. virginica, and
J J', areolaia. Of these IV. orientalis and W. areolata
are hardy, and the others nearly so. They may be used
as effectively in the conservatory in winter as in the
open garden in summer.
Xanthoso sagittaefolium. — A Brazilian plant
with very much the habit and appearance of Caladiiun
esculentum, but not so valuable, having arrow-shaped
leaves, of a dark-green colour, supported on rather
slender stalks. Another equally handsome and large
species is X. violaceum, the leaves and leaf-stalks of
which are suffused with a delicate violet hue, slightly
inclining to hoariness. Positions and treatment similar
to those recommended for Caladium esculentum. They
should only be tried in the warmer parts of the country,
and not be placed in the open air till the beginning of
June.
Yuccas. — Among all the hardy plants ever introduced
into this country, none surpass for our present purpose
p
2 1 o Su btrop ica I Ga rdening.
the various kinds of Yucca, or " Adam's Needle," as it
is commonly called. There are several species hardy
and well suited for flower-garden purposes, and, more
advantageous still, distinct from each other. The effect
afforded by them, when well developed, is equal to that
of any hothouse plant that we can venture in the open
air for the summer, while they are green and ornamental
at all seasons. They may be used in any style of
garden, may be grouped together on rustic mounds,
or in any other way the taste of the planter may direct.
If we had but this family alone, our efforts to produce
an agreeable effect with hardy plants could not be fruit-
less. The free-flowering kinds, filamentosa and flaccida,
may be associated with any of our nobler autumn flower-
ing plants, from the Gladiolus to the great Statice latifolia.
The species that do not flower so often, like pendula
and gloriosa, are simply magnificent as regards their
effect when grown in the full sun and planted in good
soil; and I need not say bold and handsome groups
may be formed by devoting isolated beds to Yuccas
alone. They are mostly easy to increase by division of
the stem and rhizome ; and should in all cases be
planted well and singly, beginning with healthy young
plants, so as to secure perfectly developed specimens.
Yucca aloifolia. — A fine and distinct species, with
a stem when fully developed as thick as a man's arm,
and rising to a height of from 6 ft. to 18 ft. Leaves
numerous, rigidly ascending, dark-green, with a slight
glaucous bloom, 18 to 21 inches long and broad at the
middle, with the horny margin rolled in for 2 ins. or
Yucca. 2 1 1
3 ins. below the point, and finely toothed in the re-
maining portion. Flowers almost pure white, in a vast
pyramidal panicle. This plant is hardy, but the fact
is not generally known. It should be tried on well-
drained slopes in good sandy loam. There are some
varieties, of which T. a. quadricolor and T. a. versicolor
have the leaves variously edged with green, yellow, and
red. These fine variegated varieties are also very hardy,
but as they are as yet far from common, it will be best
to utilise them in the greenhouse or conservatory, or
place them in the open air during summer. They look
very pretty isolated on the grass, the pots plunged to
the rim. S. America and W. Indies.
* Yucca angustifolia. — A somewhat dwarf species, the
whole plant, when in flower, not being more than 2 or
3 ft. high. The leaves are thick and rigid in texture,
from 15 ins. to 18 ins. long and about i in. broad, of a
pale sea-green colour, with numerous white filaments
at the edges. The inflorescence is a simple raceme
of white flowers slightly tinged with yellow. Till more
plentiful this had better be grown in* warm borders, in
well-drained sandy loam. N. America.
* Yucca canaliculata. — The leaves of this species are
entire, i. e. neither toothed nor filamentous at the margin,
and form a dense rosette on a stem which rises 1 or
2 ft. above the ground. Each leaf is from 20 ins. to
24 ins. long, and 2 ins. to 2$ ins. broad at the middle,
very strong and rigid, and deeply concave on the face.
The flowers are of a creamy white, in a large panicle
4 ft. to 5 ft. high. Fine for isolation or groups. Till
p 2
2 T 2
Subtropical Gardening.
more plentiful should be encouraged in favourable posi-
tions and on warm soils. Mexico.
*Yucca filamentosa. — A very common and well-
known species, with a much-branched panicle, 4 ft. to
6 ft. high, and apple-green leaves, from 15 ins. to 21 ins.
long by 1^- ins. to 2 ins.
broad at the middle,
fringed at the edges with
grey filaments 2 or 3 ins.
long : the outer leaves
spreading, the central
ones erect or slightly
recurved. This species
varies very much when
raised from seed : one va-
riety (concava) has short,
strong, broad leaves, with
the face more concave
than in the type ; an-
other variety {maxima) has leaves nearly 2 ft. long by
2\ ins. broad, with a panicle 7 ft. to 8 ft. in height. This
species flowers with much vigour and beauty, and is well
worth cultivating in every garden ; not only in the flower-
garden or pleasure-ground, but also on the rough rock-
work, or any spot requiring a distinct type of hardy
vegetation : and so is its fine though delicate variegated
variety. All the varieties thrive best and flower most
abundantly in peaty or fine sandy soil. N. America.
*Yucca rlaccida. — A stemless species, somewhat
resembling Y. filamentosa, but smaller, with a downy
Yucca filamentosa.
Yucca. 1 1 3
branching panicle 3 ft. to 4 ft. high. Foliage in close
rosettes of leaves, ih ft. to 2 ft. long, by about i£ in.
broad at the middle, often fringed with filaments on the
edges : the young ones nearly erect, the old ones abruptly
reflexed at the middle, almost appearing as if broken.
This gives such an irregular aspect to the tufts that it at
once distinguishes this kind from any of the varieties of
Y. filamentosa. It also flowers more regularly and abun-
dantly than its relative, and is exceedingly well suited for
groups of the finer hardy plants, for borders, or for being
planted in large isolated tufts. N. America.
*Yucca glaucescens. — A very free-flowering kind,
with a panicle 3 ft. to 4 ft. high, the branches of which
are short and very downy. Leaves sea-green, about
eighteen inches long, with a few filaments on the
margins. The flowers are of a greenish-yellow colour,
and when in bud are tinged with pink, which tends to
give the whole inflorescence a peculiarly pleasing tone.
A very useful and ornamental sort — fine for groups,
borders, isolation, or placing among low shrubs. N.
America.
* Yucca gloriosa.— A species of large and imposing
proportions, with a distinct habit and somewhat rigid
aspect. Flower-stem over 7 ft. high, much-branched, and
bearing an immense pyramidal panicle, of large, almost
pure white flowers. Leaves numerous, stiff, and pointed.
One of the noblest plants in our gardens, and suitable for
use in almost any position. It varies very much when
grown from seed — a good recommendation, as the greater
variety of fine form we have the better. The chief
214 Subtropical Gardening.
varieties in cultivation are Y. g. longifolia, plicata, macu-
lata, glaticescens, and minor. The soil for this plant
should be a rich deep loam. N. America.
*Yucca pendula. — The best species perhaps, con-
sidering its graceful and noble habit, which is simply in-
valuable in every garden. It grows about 6£ ft. high, the
leaves being at first erect and of a sea-green colour, after-
wards becoming reflexed and changing to a deep green.
Old and well-established plants of it standing alone on the
grass are pictures of grace and symmetry, from the lower
leaves which sweep the ground to the central ones that
point up as straight as a needle. It is amusing to think
of people putting tender plants in the open air, and run-
ning with sheets to protect them from the cold and rain
of early summer and autumn, while perhaps not a good
specimen of this fine thing is to be seen in the place.
There is no plant more suited for planting between and
associating with flower-beds. N. America.
*Yncca rupicola. — A species somewhat resembling
Y. aloifolia, with a stem from 4 ft. to 7 ft. high, and pale-
green leaves 18 ins. to 20 ins. long, by 1 in. broad at the
middle, almost erect and frequently twisted, the horny
margin being broader and the teeth more distinct than
in X alo'ifolia. This is not much in cultivation as yet,
and will probably be difficult to obtain for some time
to come. N. America.
*Yucea Treculeana. — This species is one of the
most remarkable of the noble genus to which it belongs,
from its habit, and especially from the dimensions to
which its foliage attains. Like many plants of its family,
: I
Hardy evergreen Imc-loliagcd Type.
Yucca — Zca. 2 1 5
young specimens differ considerably from those which
have reached maturity. Thus, while the former have
their leaves bent, generally inflected, the full-grown plants
exhibit them erect, rigid, very long, and very straight.
The stem of this plant is stout, about 10 ins. in diameter,
furnished on all sides with leaves about 4 ft. long, straight,
thick, deeply channeled, acuminate for a considerable
length, and ending in a stiff, very sharp point, very finely
toothed on the edges, which are of a brownish red and
scarious. The flower-stalk is very stout, about 4 ft. long,
much branched ; the branches erect, from 1 ft. to 1 ft. 8 ins.
long, bearing throughout their entire length flowers with
long and narrow petals of a yellowish white, shining,
and, as it were, glazed. It is a hardy and very vigorous
plant. It is not rare to see on the Continent specimens
of more than Gh ft. in diameter. Fine for banks and
knolls, placed singly, or for the boldest groups. It
comes from Texas.
Zea Mays. — Were our climate a little warmer, we
should find this noble grass one of the most ornamental,
as well as useful, of our plants. But in countries where
it is grown for food they would no more think of honour-
ing it with a place in the garden than we should of
planting the artichoke in our flower-beds, though far
worse things are done every day. In this country, how-
ever, where maize is not to be seen as a field crop, a tuft
of its tropical-looking blades has a good effect among the
" subtropical plants." Of course it should only be tried
in warm districts, and it should always have sunny and
sheltered positions and rich soil. In light warm soils,
216 Subtropical Gardening.
deep, and with a free bottom, it generally thrives very-
well, if a foot or so of rich and rotten manure is placed
beneath its roots. In some seasons it would here and
there ripen seeds, and in all cases one could gather a few
heads of "green corn." In warmer countries it is always
best to sow maize in the open ground as soon as the
frost permits ; but in England it is better to raise it on
a gentle hotbed in April, although occasionally it will
succeed if sown out of doors. Gradually harden off the
plants before they have made more than three or four
little leaves, keeping them in a cool frame very near the
glass, so as to keep them sturdy, and finally exposing
them in the same position by taking the lights quite off.
This course is perhaps the more desirable in the case of
the variegated maize. In neither case should the plants
be drawn up long in heat, as, if so, they will not thrive
so well. The first few leaves the variegated kind makes
are green, but they soon begin to manifest that striping
which makes it as attractive as any variegated stove-
plant we grow. Cuzko and Caragua are the largest and
finest of the green varieties, and gracillima the smallest
and most graceful of all the varieties of maize. They
should be planted out about the middle of May.
The variegated or Japanese maize is a very remarkable
and handsome variety, found by Mr. Hogg in Japan — that
great country for variegated plants. Its beautiful varie-
gation is reproduced true from seed, and it is almost an
indispensable plant in the flower-garden, not growing so
vigorously as the green kinds. It is particularly useful
for intermingling with arrangements of ordinary bedding-
Zea.
2 1
/
plants, for vases, the outer margins of beds of subtropical
plants, and like positions, where its variegation may be
well seen, and where its graceful leaves will prove effec-
tive among subjects of dumpy habit. It should in all
cases have light, rich, warm soil. It has a habit of
breaking into shoots rather freely near the base of the
central stem ; and where it grows very freely, this should
recommend it for planting in an isolated manner, or in
groups of three or five, on the turf.
Yucca filamentosa variegata.
PART III.
SELECTIONS OF PLANTS FOR VARIOUS
PURPOSES IN THE SUBTROPICAL GARDEN.
SUBTROPICAL GARDENING.
SELECTIONS OF PLANTS FOR VARIOUS
PURPOSES.
A Selection of the very finest
Plants, both hardy and
climate of Britain.
Acacia lophantha
Acanthus latifolius
Agave americana
variegata
Ailantus glandulosa
Aralia canescens
„ japonica
„ papyri fcra
,, spinosa
Arundo conspicua
„ Donax
„ „ versicolor
Bambusa falcata
„ japonica
,, Simonii
„ viridi-glaucescens
edulis
and most distinct Subtropical
tender, suited for use in the
Berberis Bealii
Beta cicla, var. chilensis
Caladium esculentum
Canna (in var.)
Chamaerops excelsa
Crambe cordifolia
Corypha australis
Cycas revoluta
Dimorphanthus mands-
churicus
Dicksonia antarctica
Dracaena indivisa
Echeveria metallica
Erythrina (in var.)
Ferdinanda eminens
Ferula (in var.)
Ficus elastica
222
Subtropical Gardening.
Gynerium argenteum
Gunnera scabra
Gymnocladus canadensis
Helianthus orgyalis
Heracleum (in var.)
Melianthus major
Monstera deliciosa
Molopospermum cicutarium
Musa Ensete
Onopordon Acanthium
Paulownia imperialis
Phormium tenax
Poa fertilis
Polygonum cuspidatum
Polymnia grandis
Rheum (in var.)
Rhus glabra laciniata
Ricinus (in var.)
Seaforthia elegans
Solanum crinitipes
„ crinitum
„ macranthum
„ marginatum
„ robustum
„ Warscewiczii
Tupidanthus calyptratus
Uhdea bipinnatifida
Verbesina gigantea
Wigandia macrophylla
Vigieri
Yucca aloifolia
„ canaliculata
,, gloriosa
„ pendula
A Selection of hardy perennials affording the finest effects in
the Subtropical Garden.
Acanthus, in variety
Aralia edulis
„ nudicaulis
Astilbe rivularis
Arundo Donax
„ „ versicolor
Bambusa, in var.
Bocconia cordata
Carex paniculata
„ pendula
Carduus eriophorus
Carlina acaulis
Cassia marilandica
Centaurea babylonica
Crambe cordifolia
Datisca cannabina
Echinops ruthenicus
Eryngium alpinum
„ amethystinum
Gynerium argenteum
Gunnera scabra
Helianthus orgyalis
Selections.
223
Hemerocallis fulva
Phytolacca decandra
Heracleum (in var.)
Polygonum cuspidatum
Inula Helenium
Rhaponticum cynaroides
Melianthus major
„ pulchrum
Meum athamanticum
Rheum (in var.)
Molopospermum cicuta-
Statice latifolia
rium
Tritoma (in var.)
Morina longifolia
Yucca (in var.)
Panicum bulbosum
Cynara Scolymus
„ virgatum
A Selection of the finest tender Subtropical Plants that will
succeed in our climate in summer.
Acacia lophantha
Agave americana
Aralia papyrifera
Asplenium Nidus-avis
Bambusa nigra
Bocconia frutescens
Brexia madagascariensis
Caladium esculentum
Canna (in var.)
Chamserops humilis
,, Palmetto
Cycas revoluta
Dahlia imperialis
Dracaena australis
„ cannaefolia
„ Draco
Echeveria metallica
Ferdinanda eminens
Ficus elastica
„ Chauvieri
Monstera deliciosa
Musa Ensete
Nicotiana virginica
„ wigandioides
Phormium te'nax (hardy in
the S. of England and
Ireland)
Polymnia grandis
Ricinus (in var.)
Seaforthia elegans
Selinum decipiens
Solanum crinitipes
„ crinitum
„ macranthum
„ marginatum
robustum
224
Subtropical Gardening.
Solanum Warscewiczii Wigandia macrophylla
Tupidanthus calyptratus » Vigieri
Uhdea bipinnatifida Zea Mays
„ „ variegata
Verbesina gigantea
A Selection of hardy Plants
of the Flower-garden
Acanthus latifolius
„ longifolius
„ mollis
„ spinosissimus
„ spinosus
Aralia canescens
,, japonica
„ spinosa
Astilbe rivularis
Arundo conspicua
„ Donax
„ „ versicolor
Bambusa (in var.)
Bocconia cordata
Canna (hardier kinds)
Crambe cordifolia
Datisca cannabina
Dracaena indivisa (in the
southern counties of
England and Ireland)
Echinops ruthenicus
Elymus arenarius
,, condensatus
Eryngium alpinum
suited for isolation on the turf
and Pleasure-groimd.
Eryngium amethystinum
Ferula (any kinds)
Gynerium argenteum
Gunnera scabra
Helianthus orgyalis
Hemerocallis flava
„ fulva and
others
Heracleum eminens
Melianthus major
Molopospermum cicuta-
rium
Morina longifolia
Osmunda regalis
Phormium tenax
Phytolacca decandra
Poa fertilis
Polygonum cuspidatum
Rheum Emodi (and other
species and varieties)
Statice latifolia
Stipa pennata
Tritoma (any kind)
Yucca (any kind)
Selections,
2 -5
A Selection of Plants useful for the open air in summer
and for embellishing the conservatory in winter*
Agave americana and vars.
and other greenhouse
species
Brexia madagascariensis
Chamaerops excelsa
„ Fortunei
„ humilis
„ Palmetto
Cordyline indivisa
Cycas revoluta
Dracaena australis
„ canncefolia
„ Draco
„ indivisa, and most
of the other greenhouse
kinds
Echeveria metallica
Ficus Chauvieri
„ elastica
Juba3a spectabilis
Monstera deliciosa
Musa Ensete
Phormium tenax, and vars.
Phoenix dactylifera and
other greenhouse species
Seaforthia elegans
Tupidanthus calyptratus
Yucca aloifolia varieirata,
and vars.
Araucaria Bidwillii
„ Cookii
„ excelsa
„ Rulei
Areca sapida
Caryota urens
sobolifera
Corypha australis
Latania borbonica
Woodwardias
Half-hardy Palms, in var.
A Selection of hardy Plants of vigorous habit and distinct
character suited for planting in sctni-wild places in plea-
sure-grounds or near wood-walks*
Acanthus, in var.
Aralia canescens
,, edulis
„ nudicaulis
Aralia spinosa
Arum Dracunculus
Asclepias Cornuti
Asparagus Broussoneti
Q
226
Subtropical Gardening.
Astilbe rivularis
,, rubra
Arunclo Donax
„ „ versicolor
„ Phragmites
Bambusa falcata
Bocconia cordata
Buphthalmum speciosum
Carex pendula
„ paniculata
Carduus eriophorus
Centaurea babylonica
Crambe cordifolia
„ juncea
Cucumis perennis
Datisca cannabina
Dipsacus sylvestris
Echinops nithenicus
Ely m us arenarius
Erianthus Ravennae
Eryngium alpinum
„ amethystinum
Ferulas, in var.
Gunnera scabra
Helianthus orgyalis
Maximiliani
laetiflorus
occidentalis
rigidus
multiflorus
fl.pl.
Inula Helenium
Hemerocallis fulva
Heracleum, in var.
Lavatera arborea
„ thuringiaca
„ unguiculata
Hibiscus moscheutos
„ palustris
„ roseus
Althaea, in var.
"Ligularia macrophylla
Molopospermum cicutarium
Morina longifolia
Mulgedium alpinum
„ Plumieri
Onopordon Acanthium
Pseonia, in var.
Panicum bulbosum
Papaver bracteatum
„ orientale
Petasites vulgaris
Phytolacca decandra
Poa aquatica
Polygonatum multiflorum
Polygonum cuspidatum
Rhaponticum cynaroides
„ pulchrum
„ scariosum
Rheum, in variety.
Rumex Hydrolapathum
Silphium, in var.
Selections.
- - 7
Silybum eburneum
Verbascum, in var.
„ marianum
Yucca, in var.
Spiraea Aruncus
Cynara Scolymus
Statice latifolia
Vernonia noveboracensis
Tanacetum vulgare crispum
Verbesina persicifolia
Thalictrum, in var.
Rudbeckia digitata
Tritoma, in var.
„ laciniata
Veratrum album
„ californica
A Selection of kinds tJiat
Acacia Julibrissin
„ lophantha
Acanthus (all the kinds)
Agave americana
Ailantus glandulosa
Aralia canescens
„ japonica
,, spinosa
Artemisia annua
„ gracilis
Arundo conspicua
„ Donax
Astilbe rivuiaris
Bambusa falcata
Canna (in variety)
Carlina acaulis
Crambe cordifolia
Cycas revoluta
Datisca cannabina
Dracaena indivisa
Echinops ruthenicus
will best withstand wind.
Elymus arenarius
Eryngium (in variety)
Ferula (in variety)
Ficus elastica
Gynerium argenteum
Kochia scoparia
Meum athamanticum
Molopospermum cicuta
rium
Osmunda regalis
Panicum bulbosum
„ virgatum
Phormium tenax
Phytolacca decandra
Poa fertilis
Polygonum cuspidatum
Rheum Emodi
Ricinus (in var.)
Tritoma (in var.)
Yucca (in var.)
Q 2
228
Subtropical Gardening.
Subtropical Plants
Abutilon (in var.)
Acacia lophantha
„ Julibrissin
Acanthus, in var.
Amarantus, in var.
Aralia nudicaulis
„ papyrifera
„ japonica
„ spinosa
Artemisia annua
„ gracilis
Bocconia cordata
„ frutescens
Calla aethiopica
Canna, in var.
Cannabis sativa
Baptisia australis
„ exaltata
Beta cicla chilensis
Brassica oleracea crispa
Carduus eriophorus
Cassia marilandica
Centaurea, in var.
Cineraria acanthifolia
„ maritima
„ platanifolia
Chamaepeuce Cassabonae
„ diacantha
■Crambe cordifolia
to raise from seed.
Cyperus longus
Dahlia imperialis
Datura ceratocaula
Datisca cannabina
Dracaena, in var.
Echeveria metallica
Echinops ruthenicus
Dipsacus sylvestris
Erianthus Ravennae
Erythrina, in var.
Eryngium alpinum
„ amethystinum
Ferdinanda eminens
Ferula, in var.
Astilbe rivularis
„ rubra
Galega officinalis
Gynerium argenteum
Gunnera scabra
Geranium anemonaefolium
Hedychium Gardnerianum
Helianthus orgyalis
Heracleum, in var.
Humea elegans
Inula Helenium
Kochia scoparia
Gourds
Latania borbonica
Lavatera arborea
Selections.
229
Lobelia Tupa
Malva crispa
Melanoselinum decipiens
Melianthus major
„ minor
Meum athamanticum
Mulgedium alpinum
„ Plumieri
Musa Ensete
Nicotiana, in var.
Onopordon Acanthium
Panicum bulbosum
„ capillare
„ virgatum
Papaver bracteatum
Phormium tenax
Phytolacca decandra
Polymnia grand is
Rhaponticum cynaroides
„ pulchrum
Rheum, in var.
Ricinus, in var.
Salvia argentea
Seaforthia elegans
Silphium, in var.
Silybum eburneum
„ marianum
Solanum, in var.
Statice latifolia
Stipa pennata
Thalia dealbata
Thalictrum minus
Uhdea bipinnatifida
„ pyramidata
Verbascum Chaixii
Verbesina gigantea
Wigandia macrophylla
„ urens
„ Vigieri
Zea, in var.
Arundo conspicua
A Selection of annual and biennial Plants useful for
the Subtropical garden.
[In this list annual plants grown for the beauty of the flower only-
are usually omitted.]
Adlumia cirrhosa
Amarantus, in var.
Argemone grandiflora
Artemisia annua
Artemisia gracilis
Atriplex hortensis ruber
Cannabis gigantea
„ sativa, and vars.
230
Subtropical Gardening.
Chamaepeuce diacantha
„ Cassabonae
Chenopodium Atriplicis
Cosmos, in var.
Gourds, in var.
Euphorbia variegata
Glaucium, in var.
Helianthus argyrophyllus
Kochia scoparia
Martynia lutea
Nicotiana Tabacum
„ virginica
Ricinus, in var.
Solanum erythrocarpum
Solanum Fontanesianum
,, racemigerum
Tagetes tenuifolia
Silybum eburneum
,, marianum
Chilian beet
Brassica oleracea crispa
Dipsacus sylvestris
Heracleum, in var.
Malva crispa
Onopordon Acanthium
tauricum
Zea, in var.
A selectio?i of Flowers of various classes for association
with Subtropical Plants.
[In this selection the dwarfer bedding-plants, etc., are omitted.
Those selected are chiefly such as would bear more intimate associa-
tion with fine-foliaged plants.]
Alstraemeria, in var.
Amaryllis Belladonna, and
vars.
Gladioli, in great variety
Sparaxis pulcherrima
Lilium, in great variety
Agapanthus umbellatus, in
the milder districts
Arum crinitum
! Arum Dracunculus
■ Asclepias Cornuti
„ Douglasii
„ tuberosa
Calla aethiopica
Crinum capense
„ „ roseum
Erythrina, in var.
Funkia grandiflora
Selections.
231
Pancratium illyricum
„ maritimum
Tropaeolum speciosum
Acanthus longifolius
Achillea Eupatorium
,, Millefolium roseum
Aconitum, in var.
Ammobium alatum
Anchusa italica
Anemone japonica, and
vars.
„ vitifolia
Antirrhinum, fine vars.
Asphodelus luteus
„ ramosus
Aster turbinellus
,, pyrenaeus
„ discolor
„ ericoides
., Novae Angliae
„ Novi Belgii
„ coccineus
„ Amellus
„ laevis, and any other
tall and ornamental
kinds
Campanula pyramidalis
„ persicifolia, and
vars.
,, latifolia
macrantha
Coreopsis lanceolata
Crambe cordifolia
Delphinium, in great var.
Dictamnus Fraxinella
Digitalis purpurea, in var.
Echinops ruthenicus, and
any other showy species
Epilobium angustifolium
„ „ album
Stenactis speciosa
Erodium Manescavi
Eryngium alpinum
„ amethystinum, and
other species
Eupatorium ageratoides
„ purpureum
Gaillardia, in var.
Galega officinalis
Hedysarum coronarium
Helen ium atropurpureum
Helianthus multiflorus
fl. pi.
Hemerocallis flava
,, fulva
„ distichafl.pl..
and others
Hesperis matronalis, fl. pi.
Iris pallida
„ De Bergii
„ ochroleuca
„ germanica, in var. and
232
Subtropical Gardening.
any other large kind.
Flowering early, they
should be associated
chiefly with hardy
subjects
Lathyrus latifolius, and
vars.
„ grandiflorus
,, tuberosus
Liatris, in var.
Lobelia Tupa, on well-
drained, deep, and light
soils. Tall herbaceous
kinds in great variety
Lupinus polyphyllus, and
vars. Largest annual
kinds
Lychnis coronaria, in var.
Lythrum roseum superbum
,, virgatum
Michauxia campanuloides
Mirabilis Jalapa, in var.
Monarda, in var.
Morina longiflora
(Enothera, all the tall kinds
Paeonia, in great var.
Poppy, in var.
Pentstemon, in var.
Phlomis Herba-venti
„ tuberosa
„ Russelliana
Phlox, taller kinds, in great
variety
Phygelius capensis, in warm
districts
Polygonatum multiflorum,
with Ferulas and other
hardy things
Polygonum orientale
Potentilla, larger kinds in
var.
Pyrethrum, choice double
and single kinds
in great var.
,, uliginosum
Rudbeckia Newmanni
„ hirta
Salvia patens
Saxifraga crassifolia
Schizostylis coccinea
Scabiosa caucasica
Scilla peruviana
Sedum spectabile
„ „ purpureum
Spiraea palmata
„ venusta
Statice latifolia
Stokesia cyanea, on warm
soils in the south
Symphytum bohemicum
„ caucasicum
Thermopsis fabacea
Selections.
°-33
Tradescantia virginica, and
its varieties
Tigridia Pavonia, and other
kinds
Tritoma, all the kinds
Trollius napellifolius
„ asiaticus, and others
Veronica, any tall herba-
ceous kinds, and in
southern and mild dis-
tricts the varieties of the
evergreen New Zealand
species
Vinca major, on the fringes
of beds or groups of
hardy kinds
Hollyhock, in var.
Dahlia, show, fancy, pom-
pone, and bedding vars.
Verbascum Thapsus
„ Chaixii
Baptisia australis
Vernonia noveboracensis
Fuchsia, in var.
Datura ceratocaula
Abutilon, in var.
Ageratum, in var.
Petunia, in var.
Chrysanthemum, early-
flowering kinds
Amarantus, in var.
Argemone grandiflora
Calliopsis, in var.
Cosmos bipinnatus pur-
pureus
Echinacea angustifolia
„ atropurpurea
Hibiscus, any of the peren-
nial American kinds
Malope, in var.
Matthiola, in var.
Scabiosa atropurpurea, in
var.
French and African mari-
golds
Xeranthemum annuum, and
vars.
Zinnia, in great variety
China aster, in var.
Brugmansia sanguinea
List of Plants for forming mixtures and carpets beneath
Subtropical Plants.
Abronia umbellata
Acroclinium roseum
Ageratum mexicanum, and
vars.
234 Subtropical
Gardening.
Alyssum maritimum
Lupinus affinis
Anagallis indica
Mimulus, in var.
Athanasia, in var.
Myosotis palustris
Brachycome iberidifolia
,, dissitiflora
Calandrinia discolor
,, sylvatica
Calliopsis Drummondi
Nemesia versicolor
„ tinctoria
Nemophila, in var.
China aster, in var.
Nolana, in var.
Centaurea
Omphalodes linifolia
Centranthus macrosiphon
Oxalis corniculata atropur-
Clarkia, in var.
purea
Clintonia, in var.
Oxalis rosea
Collinsia, in var.
Petunia, in var.
Convolvulus tricolor
Portulaca, in var.
Erysimum Peroffskianum
Mignonette
Eschscholtzia, in var.
Malcolmia maritima
Eucharidium concinnum
Rhodanthe Manglesii, and
Eutoca viscida
vars.
Gaillardia picta
Saponaria calabrica
Gilia, in var.
Schizanthus, in var.
Godetia, in var.
Silene pendula
Gypsophila, annual kinds
Sphenogyne speciosa
Iberis coronaria
Tropaeolum, the bedding
„ umbellata
vars.
Ionopsidium acaule
Verbena, in var.
Lantana, in var.
Viola cornuta
Leptosiphon, in var.
„ lutea
Limnanthes Douglasii, in var.
,, odorata
Linum grandiflorum
Viscaria oculata
Lobelia, the dwarf and
Whitlavia grandiflora
annual kinds
Tradescantia zebrina
Selections.
-3D
Saxifraga, the mossy section
Gnaphalium lanatum
Panicum variegatum
Lycopodium denticulatum
Trees and Shrubs of remarkable foliage suited for the
Subtropical garden.
[The trees of this Selection will for the most part display much
greater beauty and size of foliage if kept in a dwarf simple-stemmed
condition by being cut down every year. Conifers are, of course,
excepted.]
Hydrangea quercifolia
Comptonia asplenifolia
„ Lindleyana
Paulownia iniDerialis
i.
Acacia dealbata
„ Julibrissin
„ lophantha
(These are only suited
for warm parts of the
southernmost coun-
ties)
Ailantus glandulosa
Aralia canescens
„ japonica
„ spinosa
Bambusa falcata and others
Berberis Bealii and others
Chamaerops excelsa
Dracaena indivisa
Gymnocladus canadensis
Lavatera arborea
Melianthus major
Rhus glabra laciniata and
others
Yucca (in var.)
Conifers (in var. , small spe-
cimens of the most grace-
ful kinds)
Ampelopsis (climbers)
AristolochiaSipho (climber)
Ficus Carica
Fraxinus excelsior crispa
Magnolia macrophylla
Salisburia adiantifolia
Hedera Regnieriana
Carya alba
„ olivoeformis
Catalpa syringsefolia
Pterocarya caucasica
Robinia hispida
Rubus biflorus
„ laciniatus
Colletia (in var.)
Gleditschia (young plants)
236
Subtropical Gardening.
Kcelreuteria paniculata [ Vines (American species)
Robinia Pseud-acacia um- | Juglans cinerea
braculifera „ regia
Tamarix, in var. „ „ laciniata
A Selection of Conifers for association with flower-
garden Plants.
Abies pygmsea
Cupressus nutkaensis
Araucaria imbricata
Dacrydium glaucum
Arthrotaxus cupressoides
Juniperus chinensis
(selaginoides)
,, » variegata
„ laxifolia
„ excelsa stricta
Biotia cupressiformis
,, fragrans
„ nana
„ hibernica
„ orientalis elegantis-
„ tamariscifolia
sima
„ va-
„ orientalis variegata
riegata
aurea
„ virginiana viridis
Cephalotaxus drupacea
pendula
Chamaecyparis sphseroidea
Retinospora ericoides
variegata
„ leptoclada
„ sphseroidea
„ lycopodiodes
viridis
„ obtusa
Cryptomeria elegans
„ „ aurea
Cupressus Lawsoniana
„ ., com-
„ „ nana
pacta
„ varie-
„ pisifera
gata
„ „ alba va-
• « «• ClcCLcL
riegata
viridis
„ aurea
Selections.
*37
Taxus baccata elegantis- I Thuja gigantea
sima
vanegata
Thuja aurea
„ nana
Thujopsis dolabrata
„ loetevirens
Conifers most suited for the surroundings of the flower-
garden and pleasure-growid — kinds which, though noble
and graceful as can be in many instances, are yet too
large for anything but the framing of the picture, so to
speak.
Abies Douglasii
,, Engelmanni
„ Menziesii inverta
,, Hookeriana
„ orientalis
Cephalotaxus Fortunei
Juniperus virginiana glauca
„ „ thuri-
fera
Libocedrus tetragona
Picea amabilis (magnifica)
„ nobilis
Nordmanniana
Picea Parsonsi
,, Pinsapo
Pinus Cembra
„ monticola
,, insignis (where
thrives)
Sciadopitys verticillata
Thuja gigantea (true)
,, plicata
,, pyramidalis
Thujopsis Standishii
Sequoia gigantea
,, sempervirens
it
A Selection of Gourds.
Amongst the most beautiful are the Turk's Cap varieties,
such as Grand Mogul, Pasha of Egypt, Viceroy, Empress,
Bishop's Hat, etc. ; the Serpent Gourd, Gooseberry
Gourd, Hercules' Club, Gorilla, St. Aignan, Mons. Fould,
Siphon, Half-moon, Giant's Punchbowl, and the Mam-
moth, weighing from 1701b. to upwards of 2oolb. ; while
238 Subtropical Gardening.
amongst the miniature varieties the Fig, Cricket-ball,
Thumb, Cherry, Striped Custard, Hen's-egg, Pear, Bottle,
Orange, Plover's-egg, etc., are very pretty examples, and
very serviceable for rilling vases, etc. All these are well
adapted to the climate of England, and there are many
others equally suitable — a fact sufficiently indicated in
one collection shown by Mr. W. Young, which consisted
of 500 varieties, all English grown, the greater number of
which were sown where grown, and came to maturity
without the assistance of glass or any other protection.
The ground being manured and dug one spit deep, the seed
was sown the second week in May, and from first to last
many of the plants had no water supplied to them through
the season. Others, by way of experiment, had it in
various quantities — the more water was given, the larger,
the freer, and the better the produce. Sowing in a frame
at the end of April, and exposing them to the free air
during the day so as to prevent them being drawn, and
then removing the frame altogether to harden them off
before planting out, would be the best way to secure an
early growth of gourds. Sowing in the open ground
under hand-lights would also do, but not so well.
Ornamental Grasses.
Agrostis nebulosa ! Bambusa, in var.
Arundo conspicua
„ Donax
,, ,, versicolor
,, festucoides
Elymus arenarius
„ condensatus
Erianthus Ravennae
Gynerium argenteum, and
Phragmites its vars.
Selections.
^39
Calamagrostis argentea
Poa aquatica
„ fertilis
Saccharum aegyptiacum
„ cylindricum
„ Maddenii
Stipa pennata
Zea Mays
Andropogon argenteus
bombycinus
formosus
Sorghum
strictus
squarrosus
Chloropsis Blanchardiana
Gymnothrix latifolia
Holcus saccharatus
Erianthus strictus
„ violascens
Chloris myriostachys
Panicum bulbosum
„ altissimum
,, capillare
miliaceum
virgatum
maximum
palmi folium
gongyloides
Panicum violaceum
Penicillaria spicata
Sorghum cernuum
halepense
„ melanocarpum
„ nankinense
„ tataricum
Tripsacum monostachyum
„ dactyloides
Milium nigricans
,, multiflorum
„ effusum
Bromus brizopyroides
Briza gracilis
M geniculata
„ maxima
,, rufiberbis
Hordeum jubatum
Pennisetum longistylum
Piptatherum multiflorum
Agrostis spica-venti
Setaria germanica
Stipa capillata
Chascolytrum erectum
Leptochloa gracilis
Agrostis Steveni
Echinochloa Zenkowski
Paspalum elegans
240
Subtropical Gardening.
List of Ferns that may be grown with advantage away
from the fernery proper.
[Even should any of these thrive better in shade, it is usually easy
to secure this for them in groups by wood-walks.]
Adiantum pedatum
Osmunda regalis cristata
Asplenium Filix-foemina and
„ spectabilis
vars.
Polypodium hexagonop-
Dennstoedtia punctilobula
terum
Diplazium thelypteroides
Polypodium Phegopteris
Lastrea Filix-mas and vars.
Polystichum acrostichoides
,, Goldieana
,, aculeatum
„ „ assurgens
„ angulare
intermedia
„ vestitum ve-
,, marginalis
nustum
„ noveboracensis
Pteris aquilina
„ atrata
Scolopendrium vulgare and
,, erythrosora
vars.
„ opaca
Struthiopteris germanica
,, Standishii
„ pennsylvanica
Lomaria magellanica, in
Woodwardia areolata
warm shady places
,, aspera
Onoclea sensibilis
„ japonica
Osmunda cinnamomea
,, orientalis
„ Claytoniana
„ radicans
„ gracilis
Cyrtomium caryotideum
,, regalis
„ falcatum
Selections*
241
List of hardy aquatics and bog-plants of bold and distinct
habit suitable for grouping on the margins of lakes, etc.
Nuphar lutea
„ advena
„ pumila
Nymphnea alba
,, odorata
Menyanthes trifoliata
Equisetum Telmateia
Rumex Hydrolapathum
Typha angustifolia
,, latifolia
Carex pendula
„ paniculata
„ Pseudocyperus
Scirpus lacustris
Butomus umbellatus
Poa aquatica
Arundo Phragmites
Cyperus longus
Cladium Mariscus
Pontederia cordata
Acorus Calamus
Iris Pseudacorus
Alisma Plantago
Orontium aquaticum
Lysimachia thyrsiflora
Lythrum Salicaria
Epilobium hirsutum
Calla sethiopica
„ palustris
Hippuris vulgaris
THE END.
LONDON: FKINTKD BY WILLIAM CLOWES AM) BOMB, 9TAUF03D MltEF.T
AND CHABINQ CROSS.
LIBRARY
OF THE
UNIVEKSITY OF ILLINOIS
HHm&iHai
swaws
JJllifll^SffffiT
KnfflimSiFlpBtt iflftllffliwTn > VY IMJftfclJ gU mF
■
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11